8f0929619bf8df1df9b28cc38fb38bde6b9a2b7e
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
24 #include <ctype.h>
25 #include "hashtab.h"
26 #include "symtab.h"
27 #include "frame.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
30 #include "gdbtypes.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
32 #include "gdbcore.h"
33 #include "gdbcmd.h"
34 #include "value.h"
35 #include "command.h"
36 #include "inferior.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "target.h"
39 #include "language.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
41 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
42 #include "filenames.h"
43 #include "annotate.h"
44 #include "symfile.h"
45 #include "objfiles.h"
46 #include "source.h"
47 #include "linespec.h"
48 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "gdb.h"
50 #include "ui-out.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "gdb_assert.h"
53 #include "block.h"
54 #include "solib.h"
55 #include "solist.h"
56 #include "observer.h"
57 #include "exceptions.h"
58 #include "memattr.h"
59 #include "ada-lang.h"
60 #include "top.h"
61 #include "wrapper.h"
62 #include "valprint.h"
63 #include "jit.h"
64 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
67 #include "continuations.h"
68 #include "stack.h"
69 #include "skip.h"
70
71 /* readline include files */
72 #include "readline/readline.h"
73 #include "readline/history.h"
74
75 /* readline defines this. */
76 #undef savestring
77
78 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
79 #include "python/python.h"
80
81 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
82
83 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
84
85 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void disable_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void enable_command (char *, int);
90
91 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
92 void *),
93 void *);
94
95 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
96
97 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
98
99 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
100
101 static void clear_command (char *, int);
102
103 static void catch_command (char *, int);
104
105 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
106
107 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108
109 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
110
111 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
112 enum bptype,
113 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
114 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
115 const struct symtab_and_line *);
116
117 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
118 static. */
119 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
120 struct symtab_and_line,
121 enum bptype,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
123
124 static struct breakpoint *
125 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
126 enum bptype type,
127 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
128
129 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
130
131 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
132 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
133 enum bptype bptype);
134
135 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
136 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
137 struct obj_section *, int);
138
139 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
140 CORE_ADDR addr1,
141 struct address_space *aspace2,
142 CORE_ADDR addr2);
143
144 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
145 struct bp_location *loc2);
146
147 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
148 struct address_space *aspace,
149 CORE_ADDR addr);
150
151 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
152
153 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
154
155 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
156 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
157
158 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
159
160 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
161
162 static void commands_command (char *, int);
163
164 static void condition_command (char *, int);
165
166 typedef enum
167 {
168 mark_inserted,
169 mark_uninserted
170 }
171 insertion_state_t;
172
173 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
174 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
175
176 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
177
178 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
179
180 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
181
182 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
183
184 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
185
186 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
187 enum bptype type,
188 int *other_type_used);
189
190 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
191
192 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
193
194 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
195
196 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
197
198 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
199
200 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
201
202 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
203
204 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
205 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
206
207 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
208
209 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
210
211 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
212 CORE_ADDR pc);
213
214 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
215 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
216 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
217
218 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
219
220 static void update_global_location_list (int);
221
222 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
223
224 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
225
226 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
227
228 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
229
230 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
231
232 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
233
234 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
235
236 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
237
238 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
239
240 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
241
242 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
243 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
244 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
245 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
246
247 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
248 from. */
249 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
250
251 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
252 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
253 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
254 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
255
256 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
257 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
258
259 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
260 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
261
262 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
263 breakpoints. */
264 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
265
266 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
267 breakpoints share a single command list. */
268 struct counted_command_line
269 {
270 /* The reference count. */
271 int refc;
272
273 /* The command list. */
274 struct command_line *commands;
275 };
276
277 struct command_line *
278 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
279 {
280 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
281 }
282
283 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
284 current breakpoint. */
285
286 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
287
288 const char *
289 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
290 {
291 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
292 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
293 a breakpoint. */
294 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
295
296 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
297 }
298
299 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
300 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
301 if such is available. */
302 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
303
304 static void
305 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
306 struct cmd_list_element *c,
307 const char *value)
308 {
309 fprintf_filtered (file,
310 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
311 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
312 value);
313 }
314
315 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
316 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
317 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
318 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
319 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
320 static void
321 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
322 struct cmd_list_element *c,
323 const char *value)
324 {
325 fprintf_filtered (file,
326 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
327 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
328 value);
329 }
330
331 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
332 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
333 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
334 use hardware breakpoints. */
335 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
336 static void
337 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
338 struct cmd_list_element *c,
339 const char *value)
340 {
341 fprintf_filtered (file,
342 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
343 value);
344 }
345
346 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
347 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
348 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
349 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
350 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
351
352 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
353 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
354 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
355 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
356 always_inserted_auto,
357 always_inserted_off,
358 always_inserted_on,
359 NULL
360 };
361 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
362 static void
363 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
364 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
365 {
366 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
367 fprintf_filtered (file,
368 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
369 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
370 value,
371 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
372 else
373 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
374 value);
375 }
376
377 int
378 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
379 {
380 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
381 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
382 }
383
384 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
385
386 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
387 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
388
389 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
390 static int overlay_events_enabled;
391
392 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
393 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
394
395 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
396 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
397 current breakpoint. */
398
399 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
400
401 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
402 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
403 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
404 B = TMP)
405
406 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
407 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
408 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
409
410 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
411 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
412 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
413 BP_TMP++)
414
415 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
416
417 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
418 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
419 if (is_tracepoint (B))
420
421 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
422
423 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
424
425 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
426
427 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
428
429 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
430
431 static unsigned bp_location_count;
432
433 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
434 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
435 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
436 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
437 an address you need to read. */
438
439 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
440
441 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
442 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
443 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
444 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
445 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
446
447 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
448
449 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
450 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
451 by a target. */
452 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
453
454 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
455
456 static int breakpoint_count;
457
458 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
459 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
460 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
461 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
462 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
463
464 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
465
466 static int tracepoint_count;
467
468 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
469 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
470 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
471
472 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
473 static int
474 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
475 {
476 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
477 }
478
479 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
480
481 static void
482 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
483 {
484 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
485 breakpoint_count = num;
486 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
487 }
488
489 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
490 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
491 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
492
493 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
494 breakpoint made. */
495
496 void
497 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
498 {
499 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
500 }
501
502 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
503 breakpoint made. */
504
505 void
506 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
507 {
508 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
509 }
510
511 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
512
513 void
514 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
515 {
516 struct breakpoint *b;
517
518 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
519 b->hit_count = 0;
520 }
521
522 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
523 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
524
525 static struct counted_command_line *
526 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
527 {
528 struct counted_command_line *result
529 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
530
531 result->refc = 1;
532 result->commands = commands;
533 return result;
534 }
535
536 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
537
538 static void
539 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
540 {
541 if (cmd)
542 ++cmd->refc;
543 }
544
545 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
546 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
547 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
548
549 static void
550 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
551 {
552 if (*cmdp)
553 {
554 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
555 {
556 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
557 xfree (*cmdp);
558 }
559 *cmdp = NULL;
560 }
561 }
562
563 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
564
565 static void
566 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
567 {
568 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
569 }
570
571 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
572 argument. */
573
574 static struct cleanup *
575 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
576 {
577 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
578 }
579
580 \f
581 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
582 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
583
584 struct breakpoint *
585 get_breakpoint (int num)
586 {
587 struct breakpoint *b;
588
589 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
590 if (b->number == num)
591 return b;
592
593 return NULL;
594 }
595
596 \f
597
598 void
599 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
600 int from_tty)
601 {
602 xfree (b->cond_string);
603 b->cond_string = NULL;
604
605 if (is_watchpoint (b))
606 {
607 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
608
609 xfree (w->cond_exp);
610 w->cond_exp = NULL;
611 }
612 else
613 {
614 struct bp_location *loc;
615
616 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
617 {
618 xfree (loc->cond);
619 loc->cond = NULL;
620 }
621 }
622
623 if (*exp == 0)
624 {
625 if (from_tty)
626 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
627 }
628 else
629 {
630 char *arg = exp;
631
632 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
633 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
634 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
635 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
636
637 if (is_watchpoint (b))
638 {
639 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
640
641 innermost_block = NULL;
642 arg = exp;
643 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
644 if (*arg)
645 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
646 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
647 }
648 else
649 {
650 struct bp_location *loc;
651
652 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
653 {
654 arg = exp;
655 loc->cond =
656 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
657 if (*arg)
658 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
659 }
660 }
661 }
662 breakpoints_changed ();
663 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
664 }
665
666 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
667
668 static void
669 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
670 {
671 struct breakpoint *b;
672 char *p;
673 int bnum;
674
675 if (arg == 0)
676 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
677
678 p = arg;
679 bnum = get_number (&p);
680 if (bnum == 0)
681 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
682
683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
684 if (b->number == bnum)
685 {
686 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
687 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
688 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
689 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
690 if (b->py_bp_object
691 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
692 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
693 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
694 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
695 return;
696 }
697
698 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
699 }
700
701 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
702 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
703 Throw if any such commands is found. */
704
705 static void
706 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
707 {
708 struct command_line *c;
709
710 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
711 {
712 int i;
713
714 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
715 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
716 "only be used for tracepoints"));
717
718 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
719 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
720
721 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
722 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
723 command directly. */
724 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
725 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
726
727 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
728 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
729 }
730 }
731
732 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
733
734 static int
735 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
736 {
737 return (type == bp_tracepoint
738 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
739 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
740 }
741
742 int
743 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
744 {
745 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
746 }
747
748 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
749 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
750 found. */
751
752 static void
753 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
754 struct command_line *commands)
755 {
756 if (is_tracepoint (b))
757 {
758 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
759 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
760 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
761 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
762 struct command_line *c;
763 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
764 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
765 {
766 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
767 {
768 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
769 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
770 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
771 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
772 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
773 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
774
775 if (while_stepping)
776 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
777 "can be used only once"));
778 else
779 while_stepping = c;
780 }
781 }
782 if (while_stepping)
783 {
784 struct command_line *c2;
785
786 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
787 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
788 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
789 {
790 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
791 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
792 }
793 }
794 }
795 else
796 {
797 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
798 }
799 }
800
801 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
802 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
803
804 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
805 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
806 {
807 struct breakpoint *b;
808 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
809 struct bp_location *loc;
810
811 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
812 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
813 {
814 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
815 if (loc->address == addr)
816 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
817 }
818
819 return found;
820 }
821
822 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
823 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
824
825 void
826 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
827 struct command_line *commands)
828 {
829 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
830
831 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
832 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
833 breakpoints_changed ();
834 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
835 }
836
837 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
838 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
839 commands. */
840
841 void
842 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
843 {
844 int old_silent = b->silent;
845
846 b->silent = silent;
847 if (old_silent != silent)
848 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
849 }
850
851 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
852 breakpoint work for any thread. */
853
854 void
855 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
856 {
857 int old_thread = b->thread;
858
859 b->thread = thread;
860 if (old_thread != thread)
861 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
862 }
863
864 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
865 breakpoint work for any task. */
866
867 void
868 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
869 {
870 int old_task = b->task;
871
872 b->task = task;
873 if (old_task != task)
874 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
875 }
876
877 void
878 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
879 {
880 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
881
882 validate_actionline (&line, b);
883 }
884
885 /* A structure used to pass information through
886 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
887
888 struct commands_info
889 {
890 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
891 int from_tty;
892
893 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
894 char *arg;
895
896 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
897 already-parsed command. */
898 struct command_line *control;
899
900 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
901 yet been read. */
902 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
903 };
904
905 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
906 commands_command. */
907
908 static void
909 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
910 {
911 struct commands_info *info = data;
912
913 if (info->cmd == NULL)
914 {
915 struct command_line *l;
916
917 if (info->control != NULL)
918 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
919 else
920 {
921 struct cleanup *old_chain;
922 char *str;
923
924 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
925 "%s, one per line."),
926 info->arg);
927
928 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
929
930 l = read_command_lines (str,
931 info->from_tty, 1,
932 (is_tracepoint (b)
933 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
934 b);
935
936 do_cleanups (old_chain);
937 }
938
939 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
940 }
941
942 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
943 do anything. */
944 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
945 {
946 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
947 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
948 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
949 b->commands = info->cmd;
950 breakpoints_changed ();
951 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
952 }
953 }
954
955 static void
956 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
957 struct command_line *control)
958 {
959 struct cleanup *cleanups;
960 struct commands_info info;
961
962 info.from_tty = from_tty;
963 info.control = control;
964 info.cmd = NULL;
965 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
966 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
967 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
968
969 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
970 {
971 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
972 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
973 breakpoint_count);
974 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
975 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
976 else
977 {
978 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
979 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
980 numbers will fail in this case. */
981 arg = NULL;
982 }
983 }
984 else
985 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
986 our argument. */
987 arg = xstrdup (arg);
988
989 if (arg != NULL)
990 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
991
992 info.arg = arg;
993
994 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
995
996 if (info.cmd == NULL)
997 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
998
999 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1000 }
1001
1002 static void
1003 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1004 {
1005 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1006 }
1007
1008 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1009 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1010
1011 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1012 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1013 enum command_control_type
1014 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1015 {
1016 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1017 return simple_control;
1018 }
1019
1020 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1021
1022 static int
1023 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1024 {
1025 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1026 return 0;
1027 if (!bl->inserted)
1028 return 0;
1029 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1030 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1031 return 0;
1032 return 1;
1033 }
1034
1035 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1036 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1037
1038 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1039 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1040 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1041 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1042 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1043 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1044 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1045 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1046 and:
1047 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1048
1049 void
1050 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1051 {
1052 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1053 search. */
1054 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1055
1056 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1057 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1058 report higher one. */
1059
1060 bc_l = 0;
1061 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1062 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1063 {
1064 struct bp_location *bl;
1065
1066 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1067 bl = bp_location[bc];
1068
1069 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1070 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1071 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1072 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1073
1074 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1075 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1076 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1077
1078 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1079 >= bl->address)
1080 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1081 <= memaddr))
1082 bc_l = bc;
1083 else
1084 bc_r = bc;
1085 }
1086
1087 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1088 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1089 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1090 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1091 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1092 B:
1093
1094 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1095
1096 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1097 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1098 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1099 and L2. */
1100 while (bc_l > 0
1101 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1102 bc_l--;
1103
1104 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1105
1106 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1107 {
1108 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1109 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1110 int bp_size = 0;
1111 int bptoffset = 0;
1112
1113 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1114 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1115 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1116 bl->owner->number);
1117
1118 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1119 content. */
1120
1121 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1122 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1123 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1124 break;
1125
1126 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1127 continue;
1128 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1129 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1130 continue;
1131
1132 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1133 we need to copy. */
1134 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1135 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1136
1137 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1138 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1139 are reading. */
1140 continue;
1141
1142 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1143 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1144 reading. */
1145 continue;
1146
1147 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1148 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1149 {
1150 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1151 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1152 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1153 bp_addr = memaddr;
1154 }
1155
1156 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1157 {
1158 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1159 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1160 }
1161
1162 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1163 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1164 }
1165 }
1166 \f
1167
1168 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1169
1170 static int
1171 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1172 {
1173 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1174 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1175 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1176 }
1177
1178 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1179 software. */
1180
1181 int
1182 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1183 {
1184 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1185 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1186 }
1187
1188 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1189 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1190 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1191 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1192 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1193 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1194 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1195 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1196
1197 static int
1198 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1199 {
1200 return (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1201 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1202 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)));
1203 }
1204
1205 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1206 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1207
1208 static void
1209 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1210 {
1211 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1212
1213 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1214 {
1215 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1216 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1217 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1218 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1219 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1220 }
1221 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1222 }
1223
1224 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1225 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1226 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1227 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1228 in b->loc->cond.
1229 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1230
1231 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1232 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1233 it.
1234
1235 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1236 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1237 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1238 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1239 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1240 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1241 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1242 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1243
1244 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1245 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1246 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1247 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1248 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1249 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1250 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1251 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1252 not changed.
1253
1254 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1255 hardware watchpoints:
1256
1257 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1258 called several times when GDB stops.
1259
1260 [linux]
1261 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1262 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1263 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1264 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1265 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1266 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1267 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1268 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1269 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1270 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1271 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1272
1273 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1274 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1275
1276 static void
1277 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1278 {
1279 int within_current_scope;
1280 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1281 int frame_saved;
1282
1283 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1284 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1285 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1286 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1287 return;
1288
1289 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1290 return;
1291
1292 frame_saved = 0;
1293
1294 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1295 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1296 within_current_scope = 1;
1297 else
1298 {
1299 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1300 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1301 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1302
1303 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1304 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1305 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1306 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1307 return;
1308
1309 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1310 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1311 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1312 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1313 selected frame. */
1314 frame_saved = 1;
1315 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1316
1317 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1318 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1319 if (within_current_scope)
1320 select_frame (fi);
1321 }
1322
1323 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1324 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1325 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1326 b->base.loc = NULL;
1327
1328 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1329 {
1330 char *s;
1331
1332 if (b->exp)
1333 {
1334 xfree (b->exp);
1335 b->exp = NULL;
1336 }
1337 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1338 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1339 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1340 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1341 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1342 be completely different objects. */
1343 value_free (b->val);
1344 b->val = NULL;
1345 b->val_valid = 0;
1346
1347 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1348 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1349 locations (re)created below. */
1350 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1351 {
1352 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1353 {
1354 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1355 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1356 }
1357
1358 s = b->base.cond_string;
1359 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1360 }
1361 }
1362
1363 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1364 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1365 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1366 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1367 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1368 if ( !target_has_execution)
1369 {
1370 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1371 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1372 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1373 }
1374 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1375 {
1376 int pc = 0;
1377 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1378 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1379
1380 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1381
1382 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1383 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1384 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1385 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1386 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1387 watchpoints. */
1388 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1389 {
1390 b->val = v;
1391 b->val_valid = 1;
1392 }
1393
1394 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1395
1396 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1397 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1398 {
1399 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1400 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1401 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1402 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1403 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1404 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1405 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1406 {
1407 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1408
1409 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1410 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1411 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1412 if (v == result
1413 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1414 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1415 {
1416 CORE_ADDR addr;
1417 int len, type;
1418 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1419
1420 addr = value_address (v);
1421 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1422 type = hw_write;
1423 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1424 type = hw_read;
1425 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1426 type = hw_access;
1427
1428 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1429 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1430 ;
1431 *tmp = loc;
1432 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1433
1434 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1435 loc->address = addr;
1436 loc->length = len;
1437 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1438 }
1439 }
1440 }
1441
1442 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1443 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1444 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1445 is started. */
1446 if (reparse)
1447 {
1448 int reg_cnt;
1449 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1450 struct bp_location *bl;
1451
1452 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1453
1454 if (reg_cnt)
1455 {
1456 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1457 enum bptype type;
1458
1459 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1460 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1461 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1462
1463 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1464 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1465 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1466 this watchpoint in as well. */
1467
1468 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1469 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1470 hardware watchpoint type. */
1471 type = b->base.type;
1472 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1473 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1474
1475 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1476 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1477 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1478 through watch_command), so always account for it
1479 manually. */
1480
1481 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1482 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1483
1484 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1485 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1486
1487 target_resources_ok
1488 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1489 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1490 {
1491 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1492
1493 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1494 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1495 "hardware watchpoint."));
1496 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1497 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1498 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1499
1500 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1501 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1502 }
1503 else
1504 {
1505 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1506 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1507 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1508 nop. */
1509 b->base.type = type;
1510 }
1511 }
1512 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1513 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1514 "read/access watchpoint."));
1515 else
1516 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1517
1518 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1519 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1520 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1521 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1522 }
1523
1524 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1525 {
1526 next = value_next (v);
1527 if (v != b->val)
1528 value_free (v);
1529 }
1530
1531 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1532 above left it without any location set up. But,
1533 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1534 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1535 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1536 {
1537 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1538 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1539 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1540 base->loc->address = -1;
1541 base->loc->length = -1;
1542 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1543 }
1544 }
1545 else if (!within_current_scope)
1546 {
1547 printf_filtered (_("\
1548 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1549 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1550 b->base.number);
1551 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1552 }
1553
1554 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1555 if (frame_saved)
1556 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1557 }
1558
1559
1560 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1561 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1562 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1563 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1564 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1565 static int
1566 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1567 {
1568 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1569 return 0;
1570
1571 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1572 return 0;
1573
1574 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1575 return 0;
1576
1577 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1578 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1579 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1580 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1581 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1582 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1583 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1584 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1585 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1586 return 0;
1587
1588 return 1;
1589 }
1590
1591 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1592 that the location is not duplicated. */
1593
1594 static int
1595 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1596 {
1597 int result;
1598 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1599
1600 bl->duplicate = 0;
1601 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1602 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1603 return result;
1604 }
1605
1606 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1607 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1608 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1609 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
1610 -1 for failure.
1611
1612 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1613 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1614 static int
1615 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1616 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1617 int *disabled_breaks,
1618 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1619 {
1620 int val = 0;
1621
1622 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1623 return 0;
1624
1625 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1626 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1627 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1628 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1629 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1630
1631 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1632 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1633 {
1634 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1635 {
1636 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1637 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1638 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1639
1640 Two important cases are:
1641 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1642 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1643 hardware breakpoint.
1644 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1645 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1646 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1647 so we undo.
1648
1649 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1650 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1651 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1652 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1653 gdb. */
1654 struct mem_region *mr
1655 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1656
1657 if (mr)
1658 {
1659 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1660 {
1661 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1662
1663 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1664 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1665 else
1666 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1667
1668 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1669 {
1670 static int said = 0;
1671
1672 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1673 if (!said)
1674 {
1675 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1676 _("Note: automatically using "
1677 "hardware breakpoints for "
1678 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1679 said = 1;
1680 }
1681 }
1682 }
1683 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1684 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1685 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1686 "at readonly address %s"),
1687 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1688 }
1689 }
1690
1691 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1692 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1693 || bl->section == NULL
1694 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1695 {
1696 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1697
1698 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1699 }
1700 else
1701 {
1702 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1703 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1704 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1705 {
1706 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1707 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1708 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1709 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1710 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1711 bl->owner->number);
1712 else
1713 {
1714 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1715 bl->section);
1716 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1717 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1718 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1719 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1720 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1721 if (val != 0)
1722 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1723 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1724 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1725 bl->owner->number);
1726 }
1727 }
1728 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1729 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1730 {
1731 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1732 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1733 }
1734 else
1735 {
1736 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1737 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1738 return 0;
1739 }
1740 }
1741
1742 if (val)
1743 {
1744 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1745 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1746 {
1747 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1748 val = 0;
1749 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1750 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1751 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1752 {
1753 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1754 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1755 bl->owner->number);
1756 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1757 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1758 "library breakpoints:\n");
1759 }
1760 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1761 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1762 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1763 }
1764 else
1765 {
1766 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1767 {
1768 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1769 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1770 "Cannot insert hardware "
1771 "breakpoint %d.\n",
1772 bl->owner->number);
1773 }
1774 else
1775 {
1776 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1777 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1778 bl->owner->number);
1779 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1780 "Error accessing memory address ");
1781 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1782 tmp_error_stream);
1783 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1784 safe_strerror (val));
1785 }
1786
1787 }
1788 }
1789 else
1790 bl->inserted = 1;
1791
1792 return val;
1793 }
1794
1795 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1796 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1797 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1798 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1799 {
1800 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1801 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1802
1803 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1804
1805 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1806 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1807 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1808 {
1809 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1810
1811 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1812 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1813 of this one. */
1814 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1815 if (loc != bl
1816 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1817 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1818 {
1819 bl->duplicate = 1;
1820 bl->inserted = 1;
1821 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1822 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1823 val = 0;
1824 break;
1825 }
1826
1827 if (val == 1)
1828 {
1829 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1830 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1831
1832 if (val)
1833 /* Back to the original value. */
1834 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1835 }
1836 }
1837
1838 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1839 }
1840
1841 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1842 {
1843 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1844 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1845
1846 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1847 if (val)
1848 {
1849 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1850
1851 if (val == 1)
1852 warning (_("\
1853 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1854 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1855 else
1856 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1857 }
1858
1859 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1860
1861 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1862 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1863 so just return success. */
1864 return 0;
1865 }
1866
1867 return 0;
1868 }
1869
1870 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1871 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1872 PSPACE anymore. */
1873
1874 void
1875 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1876 {
1877 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1878 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1879
1880 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1881 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1882 {
1883 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1884 delete_breakpoint (b);
1885 }
1886
1887 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1888 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1889 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1890 {
1891 struct bp_location *tmp;
1892
1893 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1894 {
1895 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1896 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1897 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1898 else
1899 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1900 if (tmp->next == loc)
1901 {
1902 tmp->next = loc->next;
1903 break;
1904 }
1905 }
1906 }
1907
1908 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1909 removed locations above. */
1910 update_global_location_list (0);
1911 }
1912
1913 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1914 Throws exception on any error.
1915 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1916 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1917 void
1918 insert_breakpoints (void)
1919 {
1920 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1921
1922 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1923 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1924 {
1925 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
1926
1927 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1928 }
1929
1930 update_global_location_list (1);
1931
1932 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1933 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1934 now. */
1935 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1936 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1937 }
1938
1939 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
1940
1941 static void
1942 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1943 {
1944 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1945 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1946 int error = 0;
1947 int val = 0;
1948 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1949 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1950
1951 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1952 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1953
1954 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1955 there was an error. */
1956 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1957
1958 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1959
1960 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1961 {
1962 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1963 continue;
1964
1965 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1966 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1967 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1968 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
1969 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
1970 continue;
1971
1972 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
1973
1974 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1975 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1976 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1977 insert breakpoints. */
1978 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
1979 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
1980 continue;
1981
1982 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
1983 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1984 if (val)
1985 error = val;
1986 }
1987
1988 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
1989 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1990 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1991 {
1992 int some_failed = 0;
1993 struct bp_location *loc;
1994
1995 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1996 continue;
1997
1998 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1999 continue;
2000
2001 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2002 continue;
2003
2004 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2005 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2006 {
2007 some_failed = 1;
2008 break;
2009 }
2010 if (some_failed)
2011 {
2012 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2013 if (loc->inserted)
2014 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2015
2016 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2017 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2018 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2019 bpt->number);
2020 error = -1;
2021 }
2022 }
2023
2024 if (error)
2025 {
2026 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2027 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2028 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2029 {
2030 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2031 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2032 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2033 }
2034 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2035 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2036 }
2037
2038 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2039 }
2040
2041 /* Used when the program stops.
2042 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2043 removing a breakpoint location. */
2044
2045 int
2046 remove_breakpoints (void)
2047 {
2048 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2049 int val = 0;
2050
2051 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2052 {
2053 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2054 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2055 }
2056 return val;
2057 }
2058
2059 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2060
2061 int
2062 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2063 {
2064 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2065 int val;
2066 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2067
2068 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2069 {
2070 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2071 continue;
2072
2073 if (bl->inserted)
2074 {
2075 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2076 if (val != 0)
2077 return val;
2078 }
2079 }
2080 return 0;
2081 }
2082
2083 int
2084 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2085 {
2086 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2087 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2088 int val;
2089 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2090 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2091 struct inferior *inf;
2092 struct thread_info *tp;
2093
2094 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2095 if (tp == NULL)
2096 return 1;
2097
2098 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2099 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2100
2101 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2102
2103 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2104 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2105
2106 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2107 {
2108 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2109 continue;
2110
2111 if (bl->inserted)
2112 {
2113 bl->inserted = 0;
2114 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2115 if (val != 0)
2116 {
2117 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2118 return val;
2119 }
2120 }
2121 }
2122 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2123 return 0;
2124 }
2125
2126 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2127
2128 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2129 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2130 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2131 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2132 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2133 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2134 static void
2135 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2136 {
2137 if (internal)
2138 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2139 else
2140 {
2141 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2142 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2143 }
2144 }
2145
2146 static struct breakpoint *
2147 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2148 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2149 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2150 {
2151 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2152 struct breakpoint *b;
2153
2154 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2155
2156 sal.pc = address;
2157 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2158 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2159
2160 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2161 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2162 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2163
2164 return b;
2165 }
2166
2167 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2168 {
2169 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2170 };
2171 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2172
2173 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2174 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2175 {
2176 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2177 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2178
2179 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2180 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2181
2182 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2183 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2184
2185 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2186 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2187 };
2188
2189 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2190
2191 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2192 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2193
2194 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2195
2196 static int
2197 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2198 {
2199 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2200 }
2201
2202 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2203 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2204
2205 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2206 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2207 {
2208 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2209
2210 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2211 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2212 {
2213 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2214 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2215
2216 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2217 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2218 }
2219 return bp_objfile_data;
2220 }
2221
2222 static void
2223 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2224 {
2225 struct objfile *objfile;
2226 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2227
2228 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2229 {
2230 struct breakpoint *b;
2231 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2232 CORE_ADDR addr;
2233
2234 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2235
2236 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2237 continue;
2238
2239 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2240 {
2241 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2242
2243 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2244 if (m == NULL)
2245 {
2246 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2247 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2248 continue;
2249 }
2250 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2251 }
2252
2253 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2254 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2255 bp_overlay_event,
2256 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2257 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2258
2259 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2260 {
2261 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2262 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2263 }
2264 else
2265 {
2266 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2267 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2268 }
2269 }
2270 update_global_location_list (1);
2271 }
2272
2273 static void
2274 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2275 {
2276 struct program_space *pspace;
2277 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2278
2279 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2280
2281 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2282 {
2283 struct objfile *objfile;
2284
2285 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2286
2287 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2288 {
2289 int i;
2290 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2291 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2292
2293 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2294 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2295 continue;
2296
2297 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2298
2299 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2300 {
2301 struct breakpoint *b;
2302 const char *func_name;
2303 CORE_ADDR addr;
2304
2305 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2306 continue;
2307
2308 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2309 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2310 {
2311 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2312
2313 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2314 if (m == NULL)
2315 {
2316 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2317 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2318 continue;
2319 }
2320 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2321 }
2322
2323 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2324 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2325 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2326 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2327 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2328 }
2329 }
2330 }
2331 update_global_location_list (1);
2332
2333 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2334 }
2335
2336 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2337 static void
2338 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2339 {
2340 struct program_space *pspace;
2341 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2342 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2343
2344 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2345
2346 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2347 {
2348 struct objfile *objfile;
2349 CORE_ADDR addr;
2350
2351 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2352
2353 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2354 {
2355 struct breakpoint *b;
2356 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2357
2358 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2359
2360 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2361 continue;
2362
2363 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2364 {
2365 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2366
2367 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2368 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2369 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2370 {
2371 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2372 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2373 continue;
2374 }
2375 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2376 }
2377
2378 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2379 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2380 bp_std_terminate_master,
2381 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2382 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2383 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2384 }
2385 }
2386
2387 update_global_location_list (1);
2388
2389 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2390 }
2391
2392 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2393
2394 void
2395 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2396 {
2397 struct objfile *objfile;
2398 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2399
2400 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2401 {
2402 struct breakpoint *b;
2403 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2404 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2405 CORE_ADDR addr;
2406
2407 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2408
2409 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2410 continue;
2411
2412 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2413
2414 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2415 {
2416 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2417
2418 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2419 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2420 {
2421 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2422 continue;
2423 }
2424
2425 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2426 }
2427
2428 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2429 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2430 &current_target);
2431 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
2432 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2433 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2434 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2435 }
2436
2437 update_global_location_list (1);
2438 }
2439
2440 void
2441 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2442 {
2443 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2444 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2445
2446 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2447 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2448 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2449 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2450 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2451 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2452 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2453 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2454 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2455 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2456 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2457
2458 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2459 {
2460 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2461 continue;
2462
2463 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2464 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2465 {
2466 delete_breakpoint (b);
2467 continue;
2468 }
2469
2470 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2471 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2472 {
2473 delete_breakpoint (b);
2474 continue;
2475 }
2476
2477 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2478 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2479 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2480 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2481 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2482 {
2483 delete_breakpoint (b);
2484 continue;
2485 }
2486
2487 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2488 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2489 {
2490 delete_breakpoint (b);
2491 continue;
2492 }
2493
2494 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2495 after an exec. */
2496 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2497 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2498 {
2499 delete_breakpoint (b);
2500 continue;
2501 }
2502
2503 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2504 {
2505 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2506 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2507 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2508 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2509 continue;
2510 }
2511
2512 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2513 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2514 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2515 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2516 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2517 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2518
2519 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2520 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2521 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2522 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2523 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2524 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2525 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2526
2527 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
2528 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2529 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2530 let finish_command delete it.
2531
2532 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2533 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2534 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2535 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2536 solib breakpoints.) */
2537
2538 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2539 {
2540 continue;
2541 }
2542
2543 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2544 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2545 a.out. */
2546 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2547 {
2548 delete_breakpoint (b);
2549 continue;
2550 }
2551 }
2552 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2553 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2554 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2555 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2556 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2557 }
2558
2559 int
2560 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2561 {
2562 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2563 int val = 0;
2564 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2565 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2566
2567 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2568 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2569
2570 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2571 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2572 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2573 {
2574 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2575 continue;
2576
2577 if (bl->inserted)
2578 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2579 }
2580
2581 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2582 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2583
2584 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2585 return val;
2586 }
2587
2588 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2589 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2590 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2591 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2592 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2593
2594 static int
2595 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2596 {
2597 int val;
2598
2599 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2600 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2601
2602 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2603 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2604 return 0;
2605
2606 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2607 This should not ever happen. */
2608 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2609
2610 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2611 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2612 {
2613 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2614 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2615 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2616
2617 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2618 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2619 || bl->section == NULL
2620 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2621 {
2622 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2623 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2624 }
2625 else
2626 {
2627 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2628 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2629 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2630 {
2631 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2632 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2633 */
2634 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2635 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2636 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2637 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2638 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2639 else
2640 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2641 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2642 }
2643 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2644 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2645 if (bl->inserted)
2646 {
2647 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2648 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2649 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2650 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2651
2652 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2653 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2654 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2655 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
2656 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2657 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2658 else
2659 val = 0;
2660 }
2661 else
2662 {
2663 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2664 val = 0;
2665 }
2666 }
2667
2668 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2669 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2670 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2671 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2672 val = 0;
2673
2674 if (val)
2675 return val;
2676 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2677 }
2678 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2679 {
2680 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2681 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2682
2683 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2684 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2685
2686 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2687 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2688 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2689 bl->owner->number);
2690 }
2691 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2692 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2693 && !bl->duplicate)
2694 {
2695 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2696 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2697
2698 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2699 if (val)
2700 return val;
2701
2702 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2703 }
2704
2705 return 0;
2706 }
2707
2708 static int
2709 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2710 {
2711 int ret;
2712 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2713
2714 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2715 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2716
2717 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2718 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2719 return 0;
2720
2721 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2722 This should not ever happen. */
2723 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2724
2725 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2726
2727 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2728
2729 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2730
2731 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2732 return ret;
2733 }
2734
2735 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2736
2737 void
2738 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2739 {
2740 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2741
2742 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2743 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2744 bl->inserted = 0;
2745 }
2746
2747 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2748 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2749
2750 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2751 between runs.
2752
2753 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2754 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2755 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2756
2757
2758
2759 void
2760 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2761 {
2762 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2763 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2764 int ix;
2765 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2766
2767 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2768 nothing to do. */
2769 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2770 return;
2771
2772 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2773 {
2774 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2775 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2776 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2777 bl->inserted = 0;
2778 }
2779
2780 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2781 {
2782 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2783 continue;
2784
2785 switch (b->type)
2786 {
2787 case bp_call_dummy:
2788
2789 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2790 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2791 rid of it. */
2792
2793 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2794
2795 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2796
2797 case bp_shlib_event:
2798
2799 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2800 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2801 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2802 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2803 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2804
2805 (gdb) file prog-linux
2806 (gdb) run # native linux target
2807 ...
2808 (gdb) kill
2809 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2810 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2811 */
2812
2813 delete_breakpoint (b);
2814 break;
2815
2816 case bp_watchpoint:
2817 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2818 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2819 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2820 {
2821 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
2822
2823 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2824 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2825 delete_breakpoint (b);
2826 else if (context == inf_starting)
2827 {
2828 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2829 insert_breakpoints. */
2830 if (w->val)
2831 value_free (w->val);
2832 w->val = NULL;
2833 w->val_valid = 0;
2834 }
2835 }
2836 break;
2837 default:
2838 break;
2839 }
2840 }
2841
2842 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2843 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2844 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2845 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2846 }
2847
2848 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2849 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2850 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2851 match, not program space. */
2852
2853 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2854 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2855 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2856 permanent breakpoint.
2857 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2858 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2859 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
2860 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2861 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2862
2863 enum breakpoint_here
2864 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2865 {
2866 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2867 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2868
2869 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2870 {
2871 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2872 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2873 continue;
2874
2875 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2876 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2877 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2878 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2879 {
2880 if (overlay_debugging
2881 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2882 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2883 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2884 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2885 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2886 else
2887 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2888 }
2889 }
2890
2891 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2892 }
2893
2894 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2895
2896 int
2897 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2898 {
2899 struct bp_location *loc;
2900 int ix;
2901
2902 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2903 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2904 return 1;
2905
2906 return 0;
2907 }
2908
2909 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2910 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2911 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2912 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2913
2914 int
2915 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2916 CORE_ADDR pc)
2917 {
2918 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2919
2920 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2921 {
2922 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2923 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2924 continue;
2925
2926 if (bl->inserted
2927 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2928 {
2929 if (overlay_debugging
2930 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2931 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2932 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2933 else
2934 return 1;
2935 }
2936 }
2937 return 0;
2938 }
2939
2940 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2941 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2942
2943 int
2944 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2945 {
2946 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2947 return 1;
2948
2949 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2950 return 1;
2951
2952 return 0;
2953 }
2954
2955 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2956 inserted at PC. */
2957
2958 int
2959 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2960 CORE_ADDR pc)
2961 {
2962 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2963
2964 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2965 {
2966 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
2967 continue;
2968
2969 if (bl->inserted
2970 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
2971 aspace, pc))
2972 {
2973 if (overlay_debugging
2974 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2975 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2976 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2977 else
2978 return 1;
2979 }
2980 }
2981
2982 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2983 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2984 return 1;
2985
2986 return 0;
2987 }
2988
2989 int
2990 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
2991 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
2992 {
2993 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2994
2995 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2996 {
2997 struct bp_location *loc;
2998
2999 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3000 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3001 continue;
3002
3003 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3004 continue;
3005
3006 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3007 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3008 {
3009 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3010
3011 /* Check for intersection. */
3012 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3013 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3014 if (l < h)
3015 return 1;
3016 }
3017 }
3018 return 0;
3019 }
3020
3021 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3022 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3023
3024 int
3025 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3026 ptid_t ptid)
3027 {
3028 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3029 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3030 int thread = -1;
3031 int task = 0;
3032
3033 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3034 {
3035 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3036 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3037 continue;
3038
3039 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3040 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3041 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3042 continue;
3043
3044 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3045 continue;
3046
3047 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3048 {
3049 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3050 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3051 it is now time to do so. */
3052 if (thread == -1)
3053 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3054 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3055 continue;
3056 }
3057
3058 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3059 {
3060 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3061 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3062 it is now time to do so. */
3063 if (task == 0)
3064 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3065 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3066 continue;
3067 }
3068
3069 if (overlay_debugging
3070 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3071 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3072 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3073
3074 return 1;
3075 }
3076
3077 return 0;
3078 }
3079 \f
3080
3081 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3082 in breakpoint.h. */
3083
3084 int
3085 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3086 {
3087 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3088 }
3089
3090 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3091 'next' chain. */
3092
3093 static void
3094 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3095 {
3096 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3097 value_free (bs->old_val);
3098 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3099 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3100 xfree (bs);
3101 }
3102
3103 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3104 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3105
3106 void
3107 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3108 {
3109 bpstat p;
3110 bpstat q;
3111
3112 if (bsp == 0)
3113 return;
3114 p = *bsp;
3115 while (p != NULL)
3116 {
3117 q = p->next;
3118 bpstat_free (p);
3119 p = q;
3120 }
3121 *bsp = NULL;
3122 }
3123
3124 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3125 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3126
3127 bpstat
3128 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3129 {
3130 bpstat p = NULL;
3131 bpstat tmp;
3132 bpstat retval = NULL;
3133
3134 if (bs == NULL)
3135 return bs;
3136
3137 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3138 {
3139 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3140 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3141 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3142 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3143 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3144 {
3145 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3146 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3147 }
3148
3149 if (p == NULL)
3150 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3151 retval = tmp;
3152 else
3153 p->next = tmp;
3154 p = tmp;
3155 }
3156 p->next = NULL;
3157 return retval;
3158 }
3159
3160 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3161
3162 bpstat
3163 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3164 {
3165 if (bsp == NULL)
3166 return NULL;
3167
3168 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3169 {
3170 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3171 return bsp;
3172 }
3173 return NULL;
3174 }
3175
3176 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3177 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3178 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3179 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3180
3181 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3182 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3183 we set it.
3184 Return 1 otherwise. */
3185
3186 int
3187 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3188 {
3189 struct breakpoint *b;
3190
3191 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3192 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3193
3194 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3195 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3196 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3197 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3198 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3199 if (b == NULL)
3200 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3201
3202 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3203 return 1;
3204 }
3205
3206 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3207
3208 void
3209 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3210 {
3211 struct thread_info *tp;
3212 bpstat bs;
3213
3214 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3215 return;
3216
3217 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
3218 if (tp == NULL)
3219 return;
3220
3221 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3222 {
3223 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3224
3225 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3226 {
3227 value_free (bs->old_val);
3228 bs->old_val = NULL;
3229 }
3230 }
3231 }
3232
3233 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3234
3235 static void
3236 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3237 {
3238 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3239 {
3240 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3241
3242 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3243 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3244 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3245 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3246 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3247 return;
3248 }
3249
3250 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3251 }
3252
3253 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3254 command. */
3255 static void
3256 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3257 {
3258 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3259 }
3260
3261 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3262 or its equivalent. */
3263
3264 static int
3265 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
3266 {
3267 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
3268 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
3269 }
3270
3271 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3272 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3273 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3274 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3275
3276 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3277 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3278 bpstat of the current thread. */
3279
3280 static int
3281 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3282 {
3283 bpstat bs;
3284 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3285 int again = 0;
3286
3287 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3288 in bs->commands. */
3289 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3290 return 0;
3291
3292 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3293 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3294
3295 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3296
3297 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3298 bs = *bsp;
3299
3300 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3301 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3302 {
3303 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3304 struct command_line *cmd;
3305 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3306
3307 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3308
3309 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3310 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3311 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3312 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3313 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3314 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3315 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3316 the tree when we're done. */
3317 ccmd = bs->commands;
3318 bs->commands = NULL;
3319 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3320 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
3321 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
3322 {
3323 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3324 cmd = cmd->next;
3325 }
3326
3327 while (cmd != NULL)
3328 {
3329 execute_control_command (cmd);
3330
3331 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3332 break;
3333 else
3334 cmd = cmd->next;
3335 }
3336
3337 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3338 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3339
3340 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3341 {
3342 if (target_can_async_p ())
3343 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3344 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3345 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3346 ;
3347 else
3348 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3349 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3350 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3351 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3352 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3353 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3354 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3355 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3356 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3357 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3358 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3359 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3360 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3361 again = 1;
3362 break;
3363 }
3364 }
3365 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3366 return again;
3367 }
3368
3369 void
3370 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3371 {
3372 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3373
3374 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3375 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3376 && target_has_execution
3377 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3378 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3379 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3380 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3381 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3382 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3383 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3384 break;
3385
3386 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
3387 }
3388
3389 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3390
3391 static void
3392 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3393 {
3394 if (val == NULL)
3395 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3396 else
3397 {
3398 struct value_print_options opts;
3399 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3400 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3401 }
3402 }
3403
3404 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3405 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3406 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3407 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3408 normal_stop(). */
3409
3410 static enum print_stop_action
3411 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3412 {
3413 switch (bs->print_it)
3414 {
3415 case print_it_noop:
3416 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3417 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3418 break;
3419
3420 case print_it_done:
3421 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3422 relevant messages. */
3423 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3424 break;
3425
3426 case print_it_normal:
3427 {
3428 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3429
3430 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3431 which has since been deleted. */
3432 if (b == NULL)
3433 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3434
3435 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3436 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
3437 }
3438 break;
3439
3440 default:
3441 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3442 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3443 break;
3444 }
3445 }
3446
3447 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3448 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3449 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3450 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3451 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3452 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3453 routine is one of:
3454
3455 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3456 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3457 code to print the location. An example is
3458 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3459 the location.
3460 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3461 to also print the location part of the message.
3462 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3463 don't require a location appended to the end.
3464 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3465 further info to be printed. */
3466
3467 enum print_stop_action
3468 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
3469 {
3470 int val;
3471
3472 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3473 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3474 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3475 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3476 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3477 {
3478 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3479 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3480 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3481 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3482 return val;
3483 }
3484
3485 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3486 with and nothing was printed. */
3487 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3488 }
3489
3490 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3491 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3492 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3493 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3494
3495 static int
3496 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3497 {
3498 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3499 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3500
3501 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3502 return i;
3503 }
3504
3505 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3506
3507 static bpstat
3508 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3509 {
3510 bpstat bs;
3511
3512 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3513 bs->next = NULL;
3514 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3515 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3516 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3517 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3518 incref_bp_location (bl);
3519 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3520 bs->commands = NULL;
3521 bs->old_val = NULL;
3522 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3523 return bs;
3524 }
3525 \f
3526 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3527 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3528
3529 int
3530 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3531 {
3532 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3533 CORE_ADDR addr;
3534 struct breakpoint *b;
3535
3536 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3537 {
3538 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3539 as not triggered. */
3540 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3541 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3542 {
3543 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3544
3545 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3546 }
3547
3548 return 0;
3549 }
3550
3551 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3552 {
3553 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3554 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3555 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3556 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3557 {
3558 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3559
3560 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3561 }
3562
3563 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3564 }
3565
3566 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3567 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3568 triggered. */
3569
3570 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3571 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3572 {
3573 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3574 struct bp_location *loc;
3575
3576 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3577 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3578 {
3579 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3580 {
3581 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
3582 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
3583
3584 if (newaddr == start)
3585 {
3586 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3587 break;
3588 }
3589 }
3590 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3591 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3592 addr, loc->address,
3593 loc->length))
3594 {
3595 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3596 break;
3597 }
3598 }
3599 }
3600
3601 return 1;
3602 }
3603
3604 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3605 because of check_errors). */
3606 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3607 #define WP_DELETED 1
3608 /* The value has changed. */
3609 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3610 /* The value has not changed. */
3611 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3612 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3613 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3614
3615 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3616 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3617
3618 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3619 changed.
3620
3621 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3622 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3623
3624 static int
3625 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3626 {
3627 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3628 struct watchpoint *b;
3629 struct frame_info *fr;
3630 int within_current_scope;
3631
3632 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3633 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3634 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3635
3636 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3637 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3638 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3639 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3640 return WP_IGNORE;
3641
3642 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3643 within_current_scope = 1;
3644 else
3645 {
3646 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3647 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3648 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3649
3650 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3651 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3652 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3653 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3654 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3655 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3656 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3657 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3658 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3659 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3660 return WP_IGNORE;
3661
3662 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3663 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3664
3665 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3666 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3667 if (within_current_scope)
3668 {
3669 struct symbol *function;
3670
3671 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3672 if (function == NULL
3673 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3674 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3675 within_current_scope = 0;
3676 }
3677
3678 if (within_current_scope)
3679 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3680 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3681 the user. */
3682 select_frame (fr);
3683 }
3684
3685 if (within_current_scope)
3686 {
3687 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3688 time before we return to the command level and call
3689 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3690 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3691
3692 int pc = 0;
3693 struct value *mark;
3694 struct value *new_val;
3695
3696 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
3697 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3698 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3699 a mask watchpoint. */
3700 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3701
3702 mark = value_mark ();
3703 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3704
3705 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3706 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3707 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3708 not what we want. */
3709 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3710 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3711 {
3712 if (new_val != NULL)
3713 {
3714 release_value (new_val);
3715 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3716 }
3717 bs->old_val = b->val;
3718 b->val = new_val;
3719 b->val_valid = 1;
3720 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3721 }
3722 else
3723 {
3724 /* Nothing changed. */
3725 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3726 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3727 }
3728 }
3729 else
3730 {
3731 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
3732
3733 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3734 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3735 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3736 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3737 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3738 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3739 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3740 the first value assigned). */
3741 /* We print all the stop information in
3742 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
3743 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
3744 already. So we have no choice but print the information
3745 here. */
3746 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3747 ui_out_field_string
3748 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3749 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3750 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
3751 ui_out_text (uiout,
3752 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3753 which its expression is valid.\n");
3754
3755 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3756 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
3757 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3758
3759 return WP_DELETED;
3760 }
3761 }
3762
3763 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3764 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
3765 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3766
3767 static int
3768 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3769 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
3770 {
3771 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3772
3773 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
3774 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3775
3776 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr);
3777 }
3778
3779 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
3780 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
3781
3782 static void
3783 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3784 {
3785 const struct bp_location *bl;
3786 struct watchpoint *b;
3787
3788 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3789 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3790 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3791 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3792 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3793
3794 {
3795 int must_check_value = 0;
3796
3797 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3798 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3799 watched value. */
3800 must_check_value = 1;
3801 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3802 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3803 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3804 this watchpoint. */
3805 must_check_value = 1;
3806 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3807 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3808 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3809 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3810 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3811 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3812 must_check_value = 1;
3813
3814 if (must_check_value)
3815 {
3816 char *message
3817 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3818 b->base.number);
3819 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3820 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3821 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3822 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3823 switch (e)
3824 {
3825 case WP_DELETED:
3826 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3827 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3828 /* Stop. */
3829 break;
3830 case WP_IGNORE:
3831 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3832 bs->stop = 0;
3833 break;
3834 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3835 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3836 {
3837 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3838
3839 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3840 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3841 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3842 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3843 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3844 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3845 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3846 old value.
3847
3848 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3849 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3850 happen:
3851
3852 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3853 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3854 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3855 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3856
3857 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3858 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3859 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3860 watchpoint.
3861
3862 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3863 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3864 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3865 changes. This still gives false positives when
3866 the program writes the same value to memory as
3867 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3868 it for a read), but it's much better than
3869 nothing. */
3870
3871 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
3872
3873 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
3874 {
3875 struct breakpoint *other_b;
3876
3877 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
3878 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3879 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
3880 {
3881 struct watchpoint *other_w =
3882 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
3883
3884 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
3885 == watch_triggered_yes)
3886 {
3887 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
3888 break;
3889 }
3890 }
3891 }
3892
3893 if (other_write_watchpoint
3894 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
3895 {
3896 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3897 and the value changed since the last time we
3898 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3899 Ignore it. */
3900 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3901 bs->stop = 0;
3902 }
3903 }
3904 break;
3905 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
3906 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3907 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3908 {
3909 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3910 the value hasn't changed. */
3911 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3912 bs->stop = 0;
3913 }
3914 /* Stop. */
3915 break;
3916 default:
3917 /* Can't happen. */
3918 case 0:
3919 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3920 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
3921 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3922 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3923 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3924 break;
3925 }
3926 }
3927 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3928 {
3929 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3930 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3931 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3932 anything for this watchpoint. */
3933 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3934 bs->stop = 0;
3935 }
3936 }
3937 }
3938
3939
3940 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3941 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3942 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3943
3944 static void
3945 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
3946 {
3947 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3948 const struct bp_location *bl;
3949 struct breakpoint *b;
3950
3951 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3952 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3953 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3954 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3955 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3956
3957 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
3958 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3959 bs->stop = 0;
3960 else if (bs->stop)
3961 {
3962 int value_is_zero = 0;
3963 struct expression *cond;
3964
3965 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
3966 method implemented. */
3967 if (b->py_bp_object)
3968 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
3969
3970 if (is_watchpoint (b))
3971 {
3972 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3973
3974 cond = w->cond_exp;
3975 }
3976 else
3977 cond = bl->cond;
3978
3979 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
3980 {
3981 int within_current_scope = 1;
3982 struct watchpoint * w;
3983
3984 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3985 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3986 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3987 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3988 function call. */
3989 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3990
3991 if (is_watchpoint (b))
3992 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3993 else
3994 w = NULL;
3995
3996 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3997 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3998 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3999 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4000 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4001 call site. */
4002 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4003 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4004 else
4005 {
4006 struct frame_info *frame;
4007
4008 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4009 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4010 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4011 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4012 really matter which instantiation of the function
4013 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4014 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4015 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4016 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4017 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4018 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4019 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4020 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4021 intuitive. */
4022 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
4023 if (frame != NULL)
4024 select_frame (frame);
4025 else
4026 within_current_scope = 0;
4027 }
4028 if (within_current_scope)
4029 value_is_zero
4030 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4031 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4032 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4033 else
4034 {
4035 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4036 "in the current scope"));
4037 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4038 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4039 value_is_zero = 0;
4040 }
4041 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4042 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4043 }
4044
4045 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4046 {
4047 bs->stop = 0;
4048 }
4049 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4050 {
4051 bs->stop = 0;
4052 }
4053 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4054 {
4055 b->ignore_count--;
4056 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4057 bs->stop = 0;
4058 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4059 ++(b->hit_count);
4060 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4061 }
4062 }
4063 }
4064
4065
4066 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4067 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4068
4069 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4070 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4071 that:
4072
4073 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4074
4075 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4076
4077 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4078 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4079 several reasons concurrently.)
4080
4081 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4082 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4083
4084 bpstat
4085 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4086 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
4087 {
4088 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4089 struct bp_location *bl;
4090 struct bp_location *loc;
4091 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4092 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4093 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4094 bpstat bs;
4095 int ix;
4096 int need_remove_insert;
4097 int removed_any;
4098
4099 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4100 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4101 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4102 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4103 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4104 inferior function calls. */
4105
4106 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4107 {
4108 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4109 continue;
4110
4111 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4112 {
4113 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4114 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4115 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4116 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4117 checked all locations already. */
4118 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4119 break;
4120
4121 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4122 continue;
4123
4124 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr))
4125 continue;
4126
4127 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4128 matches. */
4129
4130 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4131 explain stop. */
4132
4133 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4134 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4135 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4136 bs->stop = 1;
4137 bs->print = 1;
4138
4139 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4140 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4141 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4142 iteration. */
4143 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4144 {
4145 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4146
4147 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4148 }
4149 }
4150 }
4151
4152 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4153 {
4154 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4155 {
4156 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4157 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4158 bs->stop = 0;
4159 bs->print = 0;
4160 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4161 }
4162 }
4163
4164 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4165 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4166 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4167
4168 removed_any = 0;
4169
4170 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4171 {
4172 if (!bs->stop)
4173 continue;
4174
4175 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4176 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4177 if (bs->stop)
4178 {
4179 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4180
4181 if (bs->stop)
4182 {
4183 ++(b->hit_count);
4184 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4185
4186 /* We will stop here. */
4187 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4188 {
4189 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4190 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4191 removed_any = 1;
4192 }
4193 if (b->silent)
4194 bs->print = 0;
4195 bs->commands = b->commands;
4196 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4197 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
4198 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
4199 bs->print = 0;
4200 }
4201
4202 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't print. */
4203 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
4204 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4205 }
4206 }
4207
4208 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4209 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4210 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4211 done later. */
4212 need_remove_insert = 0;
4213 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4214 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4215 if (!bs->stop
4216 && bs->breakpoint_at
4217 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4218 {
4219 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4220
4221 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4222 need_remove_insert = 1;
4223 }
4224
4225 if (need_remove_insert)
4226 update_global_location_list (1);
4227 else if (removed_any)
4228 update_global_location_list (0);
4229
4230 return bs_head;
4231 }
4232
4233 static void
4234 handle_jit_event (void)
4235 {
4236 struct frame_info *frame;
4237 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4238
4239 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4240 breakpoint_re_set. */
4241 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4242
4243 frame = get_current_frame ();
4244 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4245
4246 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4247
4248 target_terminal_inferior ();
4249 }
4250
4251 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4252
4253 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4254
4255 struct bpstat_what
4256 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4257 {
4258 struct bpstat_what retval;
4259 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4260 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4261 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4262 int shlib_event = 0;
4263 int jit_event = 0;
4264 bpstat bs;
4265
4266 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4267 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4268 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4269
4270 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4271 {
4272 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4273 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4274 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4275 enum bptype bptype;
4276
4277 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4278 {
4279 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4280 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4281 bptype = bp_none;
4282 }
4283 else
4284 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4285
4286 switch (bptype)
4287 {
4288 case bp_none:
4289 break;
4290 case bp_breakpoint:
4291 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4292 case bp_until:
4293 case bp_finish:
4294 if (bs->stop)
4295 {
4296 if (bs->print)
4297 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4298 else
4299 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4300 }
4301 else
4302 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4303 break;
4304 case bp_watchpoint:
4305 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4306 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4307 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4308 if (bs->stop)
4309 {
4310 if (bs->print)
4311 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4312 else
4313 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4314 }
4315 else
4316 {
4317 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4318 This requires no further action. */
4319 }
4320 break;
4321 case bp_longjmp:
4322 case bp_exception:
4323 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4324 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4325 break;
4326 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4327 case bp_exception_resume:
4328 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4329 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4330 break;
4331 case bp_step_resume:
4332 if (bs->stop)
4333 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4334 else
4335 {
4336 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4337 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4338 }
4339 break;
4340 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4341 if (bs->stop)
4342 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4343 else
4344 {
4345 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4346 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4347 }
4348 break;
4349 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4350 case bp_thread_event:
4351 case bp_overlay_event:
4352 case bp_longjmp_master:
4353 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4354 case bp_exception_master:
4355 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4356 break;
4357 case bp_catchpoint:
4358 if (bs->stop)
4359 {
4360 if (bs->print)
4361 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4362 else
4363 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4364 }
4365 else
4366 {
4367 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4368 This requires no further action. */
4369 }
4370 break;
4371 case bp_shlib_event:
4372 shlib_event = 1;
4373
4374 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4375 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4376 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4377 loaded objects (among other things). */
4378 if (stop_on_solib_events)
4379 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4380 else
4381 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4382 break;
4383 case bp_jit_event:
4384 jit_event = 1;
4385 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4386 break;
4387 case bp_call_dummy:
4388 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4389 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4390 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4391 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4392 break;
4393 case bp_std_terminate:
4394 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4395 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4396 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4397 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4398 break;
4399 case bp_tracepoint:
4400 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4401 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4402 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4403 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4404 out already. */
4405 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4406 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4407 break;
4408 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4409 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4410 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4411 break;
4412 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4413 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4414 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4415 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4416 break;
4417 default:
4418 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4419 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4420 }
4421
4422 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4423 }
4424
4425 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4426 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4427
4428 if (shlib_event)
4429 {
4430 if (debug_infrun)
4431 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4432
4433 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4434 to be adding them automatically. */
4435
4436 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4437 breakpoint_re_set. */
4438 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4439
4440 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4441 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4442 #else
4443 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4444 #endif
4445
4446 target_terminal_inferior ();
4447 }
4448
4449 if (jit_event)
4450 {
4451 if (debug_infrun)
4452 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4453
4454 handle_jit_event ();
4455 }
4456
4457 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4458 {
4459 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4460
4461 if (b == NULL)
4462 continue;
4463 switch (b->type)
4464 {
4465 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4466 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4467 break;
4468 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4469 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4470 break;
4471 }
4472 }
4473
4474 return retval;
4475 }
4476
4477 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4478 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4479 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4480
4481 int
4482 bpstat_should_step (void)
4483 {
4484 struct breakpoint *b;
4485
4486 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4487 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4488 return 1;
4489 return 0;
4490 }
4491
4492 int
4493 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4494 {
4495 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4496 if (bs->stop)
4497 return 1;
4498
4499 return 0;
4500 }
4501
4502 \f
4503
4504 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4505 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4506 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4507
4508 static char *
4509 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4510 {
4511 static char wrap_indent[80];
4512 int i, total_width, width, align;
4513 char *text;
4514
4515 total_width = 0;
4516 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4517 {
4518 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4519 {
4520 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4521 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4522 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4523
4524 return wrap_indent;
4525 }
4526
4527 total_width += width + 1;
4528 }
4529
4530 return NULL;
4531 }
4532
4533 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4534
4535 static void
4536 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4537 struct bp_location *loc)
4538 {
4539 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4540 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4541
4542 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4543 loc = NULL;
4544
4545 if (loc != NULL)
4546 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4547
4548 if (b->display_canonical)
4549 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4550 else if (b->source_file && loc)
4551 {
4552 struct symbol *sym
4553 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4554 if (sym)
4555 {
4556 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4557 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4558 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4559 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4560 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4561 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4562 }
4563 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
4564 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4565
4566 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4567 {
4568 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4569 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4570
4571 if (fullname)
4572 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4573 }
4574
4575 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
4576 }
4577 else if (loc)
4578 {
4579 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4580 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4581
4582 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4583 demangle, "");
4584 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4585
4586 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4587 }
4588 else
4589 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4590
4591 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4592 }
4593
4594 static const char *
4595 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4596 {
4597 struct ep_type_description
4598 {
4599 enum bptype type;
4600 char *description;
4601 };
4602 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4603 {
4604 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4605 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4606 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4607 {bp_until, "until"},
4608 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4609 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4610 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4611 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4612 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4613 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4614 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4615 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4616 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4617 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4618 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4619 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4620 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4621 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4622 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4623 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4624 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4625 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4626 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4627 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4628 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4629 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4630 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4631 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4632 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4633 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4634 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4635 };
4636
4637 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4638 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4639 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4640 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4641 (int) type);
4642
4643 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4644 }
4645
4646 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4647
4648 static void
4649 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4650 struct bp_location *loc,
4651 int loc_number,
4652 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4653 int allflag)
4654 {
4655 struct command_line *l;
4656 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4657
4658 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4659 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4660 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4661 struct value_print_options opts;
4662
4663 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4664
4665 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4666 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4667 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4668 if (loc == NULL
4669 && (b->loc != NULL
4670 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4671 header_of_multiple = 1;
4672 if (loc == NULL)
4673 loc = b->loc;
4674
4675 annotate_record ();
4676
4677 /* 1 */
4678 annotate_field (0);
4679 if (part_of_multiple)
4680 {
4681 char *formatted;
4682 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4683 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4684 xfree (formatted);
4685 }
4686 else
4687 {
4688 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4689 }
4690
4691 /* 2 */
4692 annotate_field (1);
4693 if (part_of_multiple)
4694 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4695 else
4696 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4697
4698 /* 3 */
4699 annotate_field (2);
4700 if (part_of_multiple)
4701 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4702 else
4703 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4704
4705
4706 /* 4 */
4707 annotate_field (3);
4708 if (part_of_multiple)
4709 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4710 else
4711 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4712 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4713 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4714
4715
4716 /* 5 and 6 */
4717 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4718 {
4719 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4720 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4721 make sure there's just one location. */
4722 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4723 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4724 }
4725 else
4726 switch (b->type)
4727 {
4728 case bp_none:
4729 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4730 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4731 break;
4732
4733 case bp_watchpoint:
4734 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4735 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4736 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4737 {
4738 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4739
4740 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4741 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4742 is relatively readable). */
4743 if (opts.addressprint)
4744 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4745 annotate_field (5);
4746 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
4747 }
4748 break;
4749
4750 case bp_breakpoint:
4751 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4752 case bp_until:
4753 case bp_finish:
4754 case bp_longjmp:
4755 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4756 case bp_exception:
4757 case bp_exception_resume:
4758 case bp_step_resume:
4759 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4760 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4761 case bp_call_dummy:
4762 case bp_std_terminate:
4763 case bp_shlib_event:
4764 case bp_thread_event:
4765 case bp_overlay_event:
4766 case bp_longjmp_master:
4767 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4768 case bp_exception_master:
4769 case bp_tracepoint:
4770 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4771 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4772 case bp_jit_event:
4773 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4774 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4775 if (opts.addressprint)
4776 {
4777 annotate_field (4);
4778 if (header_of_multiple)
4779 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4780 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4781 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4782 else
4783 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4784 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4785 }
4786 annotate_field (5);
4787 if (!header_of_multiple)
4788 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4789 if (b->loc)
4790 *last_loc = b->loc;
4791 break;
4792 }
4793
4794
4795 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4796 are several. */
4797 if (loc != NULL
4798 && !header_of_multiple
4799 && (allflag
4800 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4801 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4802 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4803 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4804 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4805 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4806 {
4807 struct inferior *inf;
4808 int first = 1;
4809
4810 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4811 {
4812 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4813 {
4814 if (first)
4815 {
4816 first = 0;
4817 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4818 }
4819 else
4820 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4821 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4822 }
4823 }
4824 }
4825
4826 if (!part_of_multiple)
4827 {
4828 if (b->thread != -1)
4829 {
4830 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4831 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4832 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4833 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4834 }
4835 else if (b->task != 0)
4836 {
4837 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4838 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4839 }
4840 }
4841
4842 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4843
4844 if (!part_of_multiple)
4845 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4846
4847 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
4848 {
4849 annotate_field (6);
4850 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4851 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
4852 the frame ID. */
4853 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
4854 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
4855 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4856 }
4857
4858 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
4859 {
4860 annotate_field (7);
4861 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4862 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
4863 else
4864 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
4865 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
4866 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4867 }
4868
4869 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
4870 {
4871 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4872 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
4873 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4874 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4875 }
4876
4877 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
4878 {
4879 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4880 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
4881 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
4882 else
4883 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
4884 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
4885 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4886 if (b->hit_count == 1)
4887 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
4888 else
4889 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
4890 }
4891
4892 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
4893 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4894 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4895 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
4896 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4897
4898 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
4899 {
4900 annotate_field (8);
4901 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
4902 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
4903 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
4904 }
4905
4906 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
4907 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
4908 {
4909 struct cleanup *script_chain;
4910
4911 annotate_field (9);
4912 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
4913 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
4914 do_cleanups (script_chain);
4915 }
4916
4917 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4918 {
4919 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
4920
4921 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
4922 {
4923 annotate_field (10);
4924 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
4925 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
4926 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
4927 }
4928 }
4929
4930 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
4931 {
4932 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4933 {
4934 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4935
4936 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
4937 }
4938 else if (b->addr_string)
4939 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
4940 }
4941 }
4942
4943 static void
4944 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
4945 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4946 int allflag)
4947 {
4948 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
4949 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4950
4951 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
4952
4953 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
4954 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
4955
4956 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4957 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4958 locations, if any. */
4959 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
4960 {
4961 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
4962 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
4963 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4964 situation.
4965
4966 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
4967 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
4968 if (b->loc
4969 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
4970 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
4971 {
4972 struct bp_location *loc;
4973 int n = 1;
4974
4975 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
4976 {
4977 struct cleanup *inner2 =
4978 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
4979 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
4980 do_cleanups (inner2);
4981 }
4982 }
4983 }
4984 }
4985
4986 static int
4987 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
4988 {
4989 int print_address_bits = 0;
4990 struct bp_location *loc;
4991
4992 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4993 {
4994 int addr_bit;
4995
4996 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
4997 an address to print. */
4998 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
4999 continue;
5000
5001 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5002 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5003 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5004 }
5005
5006 return print_address_bits;
5007 }
5008
5009 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5010 {
5011 int bnum;
5012 };
5013
5014 static int
5015 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5016 {
5017 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5018 struct breakpoint *b;
5019 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5020
5021 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5022 {
5023 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5024 {
5025 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5026 return GDB_RC_OK;
5027 }
5028 }
5029 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5030 }
5031
5032 enum gdb_rc
5033 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5034 char **error_message)
5035 {
5036 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5037
5038 args.bnum = bnum;
5039 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5040 an error. */
5041 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5042 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5043 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5044 else
5045 return GDB_RC_OK;
5046 }
5047
5048 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5049 internal or momentary. */
5050
5051 int
5052 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5053 {
5054 return b->number > 0;
5055 }
5056
5057 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5058 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5059 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5060 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5061 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5062 breakpoints listed. */
5063
5064 static int
5065 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5066 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5067 {
5068 struct breakpoint *b;
5069 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5070 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5071 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5072 struct value_print_options opts;
5073 int print_address_bits = 0;
5074 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5075 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5076
5077 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5078
5079 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5080 required for address fields. */
5081 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5082 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5083 {
5084 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5085 if (filter && !filter (b))
5086 continue;
5087
5088 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5089 accept. Skip the others. */
5090 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5091 {
5092 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5093 continue;
5094 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5095 continue;
5096 }
5097
5098 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5099 {
5100 int addr_bit, type_len;
5101
5102 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5103 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5104 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5105
5106 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5107 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5108 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5109
5110 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5111 }
5112 }
5113
5114 if (opts.addressprint)
5115 bkpttbl_chain
5116 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5117 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5118 "BreakpointTable");
5119 else
5120 bkpttbl_chain
5121 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5122 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5123 "BreakpointTable");
5124
5125 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5126 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5127 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5128 annotate_field (0);
5129 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5130 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5131 annotate_field (1);
5132 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5133 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5134 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5135 annotate_field (2);
5136 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5137 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5138 annotate_field (3);
5139 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5140 if (opts.addressprint)
5141 {
5142 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5143 annotate_field (4);
5144 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5145 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5146 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5147 else
5148 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5149 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5150 }
5151 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5152 annotate_field (5);
5153 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5154 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5155 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5156 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5157
5158 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5159 {
5160 QUIT;
5161 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5162 if (filter && !filter (b))
5163 continue;
5164
5165 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5166 accept. Skip the others. */
5167
5168 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5169 {
5170 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5171 {
5172 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5173 continue;
5174 }
5175 else /* all others */
5176 {
5177 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5178 continue;
5179 }
5180 }
5181 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5182 allflag is set. */
5183 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5184 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5185 }
5186
5187 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5188
5189 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5190 {
5191 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5192 empty list. */
5193 if (!filter)
5194 {
5195 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5196 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5197 else
5198 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5199 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5200 args);
5201 }
5202 }
5203 else
5204 {
5205 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5206 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5207 }
5208
5209 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5210 there have been breakpoints? */
5211 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5212
5213 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5214 }
5215
5216 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5217 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5218
5219 static void
5220 default_collect_info (void)
5221 {
5222 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5223
5224 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5225 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5226 not wanted. */
5227 if (!*default_collect)
5228 return;
5229
5230 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5231 actions. */
5232 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5233 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5234 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5235 }
5236
5237 static void
5238 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5239 {
5240 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5241
5242 default_collect_info ();
5243 }
5244
5245 static void
5246 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5247 {
5248 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5249 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5250
5251 if (num_printed == 0)
5252 {
5253 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5254 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5255 else
5256 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5257 }
5258 }
5259
5260 static void
5261 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5262 {
5263 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5264
5265 default_collect_info ();
5266 }
5267
5268 static int
5269 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5270 struct program_space *pspace,
5271 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5272 {
5273 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5274
5275 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5276 {
5277 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5278 && bl->address == pc
5279 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5280 return 1;
5281 }
5282 return 0;
5283 }
5284
5285 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
5286 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5287 address spaces. */
5288
5289 static void
5290 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5291 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5292 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5293 {
5294 int others = 0;
5295 struct breakpoint *b;
5296
5297 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5298 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
5299 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
5300 if (others > 0)
5301 {
5302 if (others == 1)
5303 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5304 else /* if (others == ???) */
5305 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5306 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5307 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5308 {
5309 others--;
5310 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5311 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5312 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5313 else if (b->thread != -1)
5314 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5315 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5316 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5317 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
5318 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
5319 ? " (disabled)"
5320 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5321 ? " (permanent)"
5322 : ""),
5323 (others > 1) ? ","
5324 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5325 }
5326 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5327 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5328 printf_filtered (".\n");
5329 }
5330 }
5331 \f
5332
5333 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5334 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5335 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5336 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5337
5338 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5339 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5340 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5341 breakpoint at address zero:
5342
5343 bp_watchpoint
5344 bp_catchpoint
5345
5346 */
5347
5348 static int
5349 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5350 {
5351 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5352
5353 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5354 }
5355
5356 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5357 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5358
5359 static int
5360 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5361 struct bp_location *loc2)
5362 {
5363 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
5364 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
5365
5366 /* Both of them must exist. */
5367 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
5368 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
5369
5370 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5371 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5372 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5373 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5374 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5375 other watchpoint. */
5376 if ((w1->cond_exp
5377 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5378 loc1->length,
5379 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5380 w1->cond_exp))
5381 || (w2->cond_exp
5382 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5383 loc2->length,
5384 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5385 w2->cond_exp)))
5386 return 0;
5387
5388 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5389 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5390 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5391 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5392 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5393 become hw_access locations later. */
5394 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5395 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5396 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5397 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5398 }
5399
5400 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5401 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5402 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5403 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5404
5405 static int
5406 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5407 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5408 {
5409 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5410 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5411 && addr1 == addr2);
5412 }
5413
5414 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5415 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5416 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5417 space doesn't really matter. */
5418
5419 static int
5420 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5421 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5422 CORE_ADDR addr2)
5423 {
5424 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5425 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5426 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5427 }
5428
5429 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5430 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5431 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5432 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5433
5434 static int
5435 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5436 struct address_space *aspace,
5437 CORE_ADDR addr)
5438 {
5439 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5440 aspace, addr)
5441 || (bl->length
5442 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5443 bl->address, bl->length,
5444 aspace, addr)));
5445 }
5446
5447 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
5448 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
5449 true, otherwise returns false. */
5450
5451 static int
5452 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5453 struct bp_location *loc2)
5454 {
5455 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5456 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
5457 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
5458 different locations. */
5459 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
5460 else
5461 return 0;
5462 }
5463
5464 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5465 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5466 represent the same location. */
5467
5468 static int
5469 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5470 struct bp_location *loc2)
5471 {
5472 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5473
5474 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5475 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5476 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5477
5478 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5479 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5480
5481 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5482 return 0;
5483 else if (hw_point1)
5484 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5485 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5486 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5487 else
5488 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5489 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5490 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5491 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5492 }
5493
5494 static void
5495 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5496 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5497 {
5498 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5499 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5500 char astr1[64];
5501 char astr2[64];
5502
5503 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5504 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5505 if (have_bnum)
5506 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5507 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5508 else
5509 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5510 }
5511
5512 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5513 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5514 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5515 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5516
5517 static CORE_ADDR
5518 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5519 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5520 {
5521 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5522 {
5523 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5524 return bpaddr;
5525 }
5526 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5527 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5528 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5529 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5530 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5531 {
5532 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5533 have their addresses modified. */
5534 return bpaddr;
5535 }
5536 else
5537 {
5538 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5539
5540 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5541 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5542 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5543
5544 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5545 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5546 is required. */
5547 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5548 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5549
5550 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5551 }
5552 }
5553
5554 void
5555 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
5556 struct breakpoint *owner)
5557 {
5558 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5559
5560 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5561
5562 loc->ops = ops;
5563 loc->owner = owner;
5564 loc->cond = NULL;
5565 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5566 loc->enabled = 1;
5567
5568 switch (owner->type)
5569 {
5570 case bp_breakpoint:
5571 case bp_until:
5572 case bp_finish:
5573 case bp_longjmp:
5574 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5575 case bp_exception:
5576 case bp_exception_resume:
5577 case bp_step_resume:
5578 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5579 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5580 case bp_call_dummy:
5581 case bp_std_terminate:
5582 case bp_shlib_event:
5583 case bp_thread_event:
5584 case bp_overlay_event:
5585 case bp_jit_event:
5586 case bp_longjmp_master:
5587 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5588 case bp_exception_master:
5589 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5590 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5591 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5592 break;
5593 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5594 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5595 break;
5596 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5597 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5598 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5599 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5600 break;
5601 case bp_watchpoint:
5602 case bp_catchpoint:
5603 case bp_tracepoint:
5604 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5605 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5606 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5607 break;
5608 default:
5609 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5610 }
5611
5612 loc->refc = 1;
5613 }
5614
5615 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5616
5617 static struct bp_location *
5618 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5619 {
5620 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
5621 }
5622
5623 static void
5624 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5625 {
5626 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
5627 xfree (loc);
5628 }
5629
5630 /* Increment reference count. */
5631
5632 static void
5633 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5634 {
5635 ++bl->refc;
5636 }
5637
5638 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5639 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5640
5641 static void
5642 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5643 {
5644 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5645
5646 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5647 free_bp_location (*blp);
5648 *blp = NULL;
5649 }
5650
5651 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5652
5653 static void
5654 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
5655 {
5656 struct breakpoint *b1;
5657
5658 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5659 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5660
5661 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5662 if (b1 == 0)
5663 breakpoint_chain = b;
5664 else
5665 {
5666 while (b1->next)
5667 b1 = b1->next;
5668 b1->next = b;
5669 }
5670 }
5671
5672 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5673
5674 static void
5675 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5676 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5677 enum bptype bptype,
5678 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5679 {
5680 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5681
5682 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5683
5684 b->ops = ops;
5685 b->type = bptype;
5686 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5687 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5688 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5689 b->thread = -1;
5690 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5691 b->next = 0;
5692 b->silent = 0;
5693 b->ignore_count = 0;
5694 b->commands = NULL;
5695 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5696 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5697 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5698 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5699 }
5700
5701 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5702 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5703
5704 static struct breakpoint *
5705 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5706 enum bptype bptype,
5707 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5708 {
5709 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5710
5711 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5712 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5713 return b;
5714 }
5715
5716 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5717 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5718 enough. */
5719
5720 static void
5721 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5722 {
5723 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5724
5725 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5726 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5727 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5728 {
5729 int is_gnu_ifunc;
5730
5731 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &loc->function_name,
5732 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5733
5734 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5735 {
5736 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5737
5738 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5739 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc->function_name,
5740 &loc->requested_address))
5741 {
5742 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5743 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5744 loc->requested_address,
5745 b->type);
5746 }
5747 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5748 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5749 {
5750 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5751 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5752 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5753 }
5754 }
5755
5756 if (loc->function_name)
5757 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5758 }
5759 }
5760
5761 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5762 struct gdbarch *
5763 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5764 {
5765 if (sal.section)
5766 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5767 if (sal.symtab)
5768 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5769
5770 return NULL;
5771 }
5772
5773 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5774 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5775 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
5776
5777 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5778 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5779 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
5780
5781 static void
5782 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5783 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5784 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5785 {
5786 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5787
5788 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5789
5790 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5791 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5792
5793 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5794 breakpoint resetting. */
5795 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5796
5797 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
5798 b->source_file = NULL;
5799 else
5800 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
5801 b->line_number = sal.line;
5802
5803 breakpoints_changed ();
5804 }
5805
5806 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5807 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5808 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5809 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5810 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5811 is also returned as the value of this function.
5812
5813 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5814 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5815 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5816 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5817 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5818 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5819 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5820
5821 struct breakpoint *
5822 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5823 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5824 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5825 {
5826 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5827
5828 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
5829 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5830 return b;
5831 }
5832
5833
5834 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5835 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5836 void
5837 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
5838 {
5839 struct bp_location *bl;
5840
5841 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
5842
5843 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5844 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5845 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5846 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5847 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
5848 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5849 bl->inserted = 1;
5850 }
5851
5852 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5853 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5854 initiated the operation. */
5855
5856 void
5857 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
5858 {
5859 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5860 int thread = tp->num;
5861
5862 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5863 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5864 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5865 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5866 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5867 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5868 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
5869 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
5870 {
5871 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
5872 struct breakpoint *clone;
5873
5874 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
5875 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
5876 clone->thread = thread;
5877 }
5878
5879 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
5880 }
5881
5882 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5883 void
5884 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
5885 {
5886 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5887
5888 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5889 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
5890 {
5891 if (b->thread == thread)
5892 delete_breakpoint (b);
5893 }
5894 }
5895
5896 void
5897 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5898 {
5899 struct breakpoint *b;
5900
5901 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5902 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5903 {
5904 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5905 update_global_location_list (1);
5906 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
5907 }
5908 }
5909
5910 void
5911 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5912 {
5913 struct breakpoint *b;
5914
5915 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5916 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5917 {
5918 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5919 update_global_location_list (0);
5920 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
5921 }
5922 }
5923
5924 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5925 master breakpoint. */
5926 void
5927 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5928 {
5929 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5930
5931 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5932 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5933 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
5934 {
5935 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
5936 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
5937 }
5938 }
5939
5940 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
5941 void
5942 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5943 {
5944 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5945
5946 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5947 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
5948 delete_breakpoint (b);
5949 }
5950
5951 struct breakpoint *
5952 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
5953 {
5954 struct breakpoint *b;
5955
5956 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
5957 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
5958
5959 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5960 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5961 b->addr_string
5962 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
5963
5964 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5965
5966 return b;
5967 }
5968
5969 void
5970 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5971 {
5972 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5973
5974 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5975 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
5976 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
5977 delete_breakpoint (b);
5978 }
5979
5980 struct lang_and_radix
5981 {
5982 enum language lang;
5983 int radix;
5984 };
5985
5986 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5987
5988 struct breakpoint *
5989 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
5990 {
5991 struct breakpoint *b;
5992
5993 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
5994 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
5995 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5996 return b;
5997 }
5998
5999 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6000
6001 void
6002 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6003 {
6004 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6005
6006 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6007 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6008 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6009 delete_breakpoint (b);
6010 }
6011
6012 void
6013 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6014 {
6015 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6016
6017 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6018 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6019 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6020 delete_breakpoint (b);
6021 }
6022
6023 struct breakpoint *
6024 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6025 {
6026 struct breakpoint *b;
6027
6028 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
6029 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6030 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6031 return b;
6032 }
6033
6034 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6035 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6036
6037 void
6038 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6039 {
6040 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6041
6042 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6043 {
6044 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6045 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6046
6047 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6048 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6049 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6050 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6051 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6052 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6053 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6054 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6055 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6056 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6057 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6058 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6059 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6060 #else
6061 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6062 #endif
6063 )
6064 {
6065 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6066 }
6067 }
6068 }
6069
6070 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6071 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6072 disabled. */
6073
6074 static void
6075 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6076 {
6077 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6078 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6079
6080 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6081 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6082 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6083 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6084 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6085 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6086 return;
6087
6088 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6089 {
6090 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6091 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6092
6093 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6094 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6095 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6096 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6097 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6098 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6099 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
6100 || is_tracepoint (b))
6101 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6102 {
6103 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6104 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6105 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6106 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6107 loc->inserted = 0;
6108
6109 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6110 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6111
6112 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6113 {
6114 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6115 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6116 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6117 solib->so_name);
6118 }
6119 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6120 }
6121 }
6122 }
6123
6124 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6125
6126 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6127 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6128 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6129 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6130 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6131
6132 struct fork_catchpoint
6133 {
6134 /* The base class. */
6135 struct breakpoint base;
6136
6137 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6138 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6139 catchpoint has triggered. */
6140 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6141 };
6142
6143 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6144 catchpoints. */
6145
6146 static int
6147 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6148 {
6149 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6150 }
6151
6152 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6153 catchpoints. */
6154
6155 static int
6156 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6157 {
6158 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6159 }
6160
6161 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6162 catchpoints. */
6163
6164 static int
6165 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6166 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6167 {
6168 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6169
6170 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6171 }
6172
6173 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6174 catchpoints. */
6175
6176 static enum print_stop_action
6177 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
6178 {
6179 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6180 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6181
6182 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6183 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
6184 b->number, ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6185 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6186 }
6187
6188 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6189 catchpoints. */
6190
6191 static void
6192 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6193 {
6194 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6195 struct value_print_options opts;
6196 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6197
6198 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6199
6200 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6201 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6202 readable). */
6203 if (opts.addressprint)
6204 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6205 annotate_field (5);
6206 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6207 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6208 {
6209 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6210 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6211 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6212 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6213 }
6214 }
6215
6216 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6217 catchpoints. */
6218
6219 static void
6220 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6221 {
6222 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6223 }
6224
6225 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6226 catchpoints. */
6227
6228 static void
6229 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6230 {
6231 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6232 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6233 }
6234
6235 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6236
6237 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
6238
6239 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6240 catchpoints. */
6241
6242 static int
6243 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6244 {
6245 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6246 }
6247
6248 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6249 catchpoints. */
6250
6251 static int
6252 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6253 {
6254 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6255 }
6256
6257 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6258 catchpoints. */
6259
6260 static int
6261 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6262 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6263 {
6264 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6265
6266 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6267 }
6268
6269 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6270 catchpoints. */
6271
6272 static enum print_stop_action
6273 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
6274 {
6275 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6276 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6277
6278 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6279 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
6280 b->number, ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6281 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6282 }
6283
6284 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6285 catchpoints. */
6286
6287 static void
6288 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6289 {
6290 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6291 struct value_print_options opts;
6292 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6293
6294 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6295 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6296 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6297 readable). */
6298 if (opts.addressprint)
6299 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6300 annotate_field (5);
6301 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6302 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6303 {
6304 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6305 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6306 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6307 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6308 }
6309 }
6310
6311 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6312 catchpoints. */
6313
6314 static void
6315 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6316 {
6317 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6318 }
6319
6320 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6321 catchpoints. */
6322
6323 static void
6324 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6325 {
6326 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6327 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6328 }
6329
6330 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6331
6332 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
6333
6334 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6335 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6336 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6337 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6338 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6339
6340 struct syscall_catchpoint
6341 {
6342 /* The base class. */
6343 struct breakpoint base;
6344
6345 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6346 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6347 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6348 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6349 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
6350 };
6351
6352 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6353 catchpoints. */
6354
6355 static void
6356 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6357 {
6358 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6359
6360 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
6361
6362 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6363 }
6364
6365 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6366 catchpoints. */
6367
6368 static int
6369 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6370 {
6371 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6372 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6373
6374 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6375 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6376 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6377 else
6378 {
6379 int i, iter;
6380
6381 for (i = 0;
6382 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6383 i++)
6384 {
6385 int elem;
6386
6387 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6388 {
6389 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6390 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6391 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6392 uintptr_t vec_addr;
6393 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6394 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6395 vec_addr_offset;
6396 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6397 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6398 }
6399 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6400 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6401 }
6402 }
6403
6404 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6405 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6406 inf->any_syscall_count,
6407 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6408 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6409 }
6410
6411 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6412 catchpoints. */
6413
6414 static int
6415 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6416 {
6417 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6418 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6419
6420 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6421 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6422 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6423 else
6424 {
6425 int i, iter;
6426
6427 for (i = 0;
6428 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6429 i++)
6430 {
6431 int elem;
6432 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6433 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6434 continue;
6435 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6436 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6437 }
6438 }
6439
6440 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6441 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6442 inf->any_syscall_count,
6443 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6444 VEC_address (int,
6445 inf->syscalls_counts));
6446 }
6447
6448 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6449 catchpoints. */
6450
6451 static int
6452 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6453 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6454 {
6455 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6456 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6457 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6458 int syscall_number = 0;
6459 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
6460 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6461
6462 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number))
6463 return 0;
6464
6465 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6466 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6467 {
6468 int i, iter;
6469
6470 for (i = 0;
6471 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6472 i++)
6473 if (syscall_number == iter)
6474 break;
6475 /* Not the same. */
6476 if (!iter)
6477 return 0;
6478 }
6479
6480 return 1;
6481 }
6482
6483 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6484 catchpoints. */
6485
6486 static enum print_stop_action
6487 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
6488 {
6489 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6490 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6491 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6492 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6493 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6494 ptid_t ptid;
6495 struct target_waitstatus last;
6496 struct syscall s;
6497 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6498 char *syscall_id;
6499
6500 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6501
6502 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6503
6504 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6505
6506 if (s.name == NULL)
6507 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("%d", last.value.syscall_number);
6508 else
6509 syscall_id = xstrprintf ("'%s'", s.name);
6510
6511 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, syscall_id);
6512
6513 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6514 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6515 b->number, syscall_id);
6516 else if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
6517 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6518 b->number, syscall_id);
6519
6520 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6521
6522 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6523 }
6524
6525 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6526 catchpoints. */
6527
6528 static void
6529 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6530 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6531 {
6532 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6533 struct value_print_options opts;
6534 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6535
6536 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6537 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6538 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6539 readable). */
6540 if (opts.addressprint)
6541 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6542 annotate_field (5);
6543
6544 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
6545 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6546 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6547 else
6548 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6549
6550 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6551 {
6552 int i, iter;
6553 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6554
6555 for (i = 0;
6556 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6557 i++)
6558 {
6559 char *x = text;
6560 struct syscall s;
6561 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6562
6563 if (s.name != NULL)
6564 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6565 else
6566 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6567
6568 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6569 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
6570 on every call. */
6571 xfree (x);
6572 }
6573 /* Remove the last comma. */
6574 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6575 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6576 }
6577 else
6578 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6579 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6580 }
6581
6582 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6583 catchpoints. */
6584
6585 static void
6586 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6587 {
6588 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6589
6590 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6591 {
6592 int i, iter;
6593
6594 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6595 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6596 else
6597 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6598
6599 for (i = 0;
6600 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6601 i++)
6602 {
6603 struct syscall s;
6604 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6605
6606 if (s.name)
6607 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6608 else
6609 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6610 }
6611 printf_filtered (")");
6612 }
6613 else
6614 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6615 b->number);
6616 }
6617
6618 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6619 catchpoints. */
6620
6621 static void
6622 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6623 {
6624 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6625
6626 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6627
6628 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6629 {
6630 int i, iter;
6631
6632 for (i = 0;
6633 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6634 i++)
6635 {
6636 struct syscall s;
6637
6638 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6639 if (s.name)
6640 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6641 else
6642 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6643 }
6644 }
6645 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6646 }
6647
6648 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6649
6650 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
6651
6652 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6653
6654 static int
6655 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6656 {
6657 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6658 }
6659
6660 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6661 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6662 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6663 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6664
6665 static void
6666 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6667 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6668 char *cond_string,
6669 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6670 {
6671 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6672
6673 init_sal (&sal);
6674 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6675
6676 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
6677
6678 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6679 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6680 }
6681
6682 void
6683 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
6684 {
6685 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6686 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
6687 if (!internal)
6688 mention (b);
6689 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
6690 update_global_location_list (1);
6691 }
6692
6693 static void
6694 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6695 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6696 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6697 {
6698 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
6699
6700 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6701
6702 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6703
6704 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base);
6705 }
6706
6707 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6708
6709 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
6710 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6711 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6712 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6713 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6714
6715 struct exec_catchpoint
6716 {
6717 /* The base class. */
6718 struct breakpoint base;
6719
6720 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
6721 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
6722 triggered. */
6723 char *exec_pathname;
6724 };
6725
6726 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6727 catchpoints. */
6728
6729 static void
6730 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6731 {
6732 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6733
6734 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
6735
6736 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6737 }
6738
6739 static int
6740 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6741 {
6742 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6743 }
6744
6745 static int
6746 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6747 {
6748 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6749 }
6750
6751 static int
6752 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
6753 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6754 {
6755 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6756
6757 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &c->exec_pathname);
6758 }
6759
6760 static enum print_stop_action
6761 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
6762 {
6763 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6764 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6765
6766 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6767 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number,
6768 c->exec_pathname);
6769 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6770 }
6771
6772 static void
6773 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6774 {
6775 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6776 struct value_print_options opts;
6777 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6778
6779 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6780
6781 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6782 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6783 is relatively readable). */
6784 if (opts.addressprint)
6785 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6786 annotate_field (5);
6787 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6788 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
6789 {
6790 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6791 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
6792 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6793 }
6794 }
6795
6796 static void
6797 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6798 {
6799 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
6800 }
6801
6802 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6803 catchpoints. */
6804
6805 static void
6806 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6807 {
6808 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
6809 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6810 }
6811
6812 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
6813
6814 static void
6815 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
6816 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6817 {
6818 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
6819 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6820
6821 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
6822 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
6823 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
6824
6825 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base);
6826 }
6827
6828 static int
6829 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6830 {
6831 int i = 0;
6832 struct breakpoint *b;
6833 struct bp_location *bl;
6834
6835 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6836 {
6837 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6838 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6839 {
6840 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6841 one register. */
6842 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6843 }
6844 }
6845
6846 return i;
6847 }
6848
6849 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
6850 watchpoint. */
6851
6852 static int
6853 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
6854 {
6855 int i = 0;
6856 struct bp_location *bl;
6857
6858 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
6859 return 0;
6860
6861 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6862 {
6863 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6864 one register. */
6865 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6866 }
6867
6868 return i;
6869 }
6870
6871 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
6872 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
6873 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
6874 types _not_ TYPE. */
6875
6876 static int
6877 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
6878 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
6879 {
6880 int i = 0;
6881 struct breakpoint *b;
6882
6883 *other_type_used = 0;
6884 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6885 {
6886 if (b == except)
6887 continue;
6888 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
6889 continue;
6890
6891 if (b->type == type)
6892 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
6893 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
6894 *other_type_used = 1;
6895 }
6896
6897 return i;
6898 }
6899
6900 void
6901 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
6902 {
6903 struct breakpoint *b;
6904
6905 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6906 {
6907 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6908 {
6909 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
6910 update_global_location_list (0);
6911 }
6912 }
6913 }
6914
6915 void
6916 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
6917 {
6918 struct breakpoint *b;
6919
6920 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6921 {
6922 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6923 {
6924 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6925 update_global_location_list (1);
6926 }
6927 }
6928 }
6929
6930 void
6931 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
6932 {
6933 struct breakpoint *b;
6934 int found = 0;
6935
6936 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6937 {
6938 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
6939 continue;
6940
6941 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6942 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6943 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6944 {
6945 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
6946 found = 1;
6947 }
6948 }
6949
6950 if (found)
6951 update_global_location_list (0);
6952
6953 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
6954 }
6955
6956 void
6957 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
6958 {
6959 struct breakpoint *b;
6960 int found = 0;
6961
6962 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
6963
6964 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6965 {
6966 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
6967 continue;
6968
6969 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6970 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6971 && b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
6972 {
6973 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6974 found = 1;
6975 }
6976 }
6977
6978 if (found)
6979 breakpoint_re_set ();
6980 }
6981
6982
6983 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
6984 at address specified by SAL.
6985 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
6986
6987 struct breakpoint *
6988 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
6989 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
6990 {
6991 struct breakpoint *b;
6992
6993 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
6994 one. */
6995 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
6996
6997 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6998 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6999 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7000 b->frame_id = frame_id;
7001
7002 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7003 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7004 control. */
7005 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7006 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7007
7008 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7009
7010 return b;
7011 }
7012
7013 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
7014 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
7015 breakpoint_ops. */
7016
7017 static struct breakpoint *
7018 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
7019 enum bptype type,
7020 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7021 {
7022 struct breakpoint *copy;
7023
7024 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
7025 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7026 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7027
7028 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7029 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7030 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7031 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7032 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7033
7034 if (orig->source_file == NULL)
7035 copy->source_file = NULL;
7036 else
7037 copy->source_file = xstrdup (orig->source_file);
7038
7039 copy->line_number = orig->line_number;
7040 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7041 copy->thread = orig->thread;
7042 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7043
7044 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7045 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7046 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7047
7048 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7049 return copy;
7050 }
7051
7052 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7053 ORIG is NULL. */
7054
7055 struct breakpoint *
7056 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7057 {
7058 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7059 if (orig == NULL)
7060 return NULL;
7061
7062 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
7063 }
7064
7065 struct breakpoint *
7066 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7067 enum bptype type)
7068 {
7069 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7070
7071 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7072 sal.pc = pc;
7073 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7074 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7075
7076 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7077 }
7078 \f
7079
7080 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7081
7082 static void
7083 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7084 {
7085 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
7087 return;
7088 printf_filtered ("\n");
7089 }
7090 \f
7091
7092 static struct bp_location *
7093 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7094 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7095 {
7096 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7097 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
7098 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7099
7100 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
7101 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7102
7103 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
7104 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
7105 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
7106 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
7107 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
7108 location that's only been partially initialized. */
7109 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
7110 sal->pc, b->type);
7111
7112 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7113 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7114 ;
7115 *tmp = loc;
7116
7117 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7118 loc->address = adjusted_address;
7119 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7120 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7121 loc->section = sal->section;
7122 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
7123 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7124 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7125 return loc;
7126 }
7127 \f
7128
7129 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7130 return 0 otherwise. */
7131
7132 static int
7133 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7134 {
7135 int len;
7136 CORE_ADDR addr;
7137 const gdb_byte *brk;
7138 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7139 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7140 int retval = 0;
7141
7142 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7143
7144 addr = loc->address;
7145 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7146
7147 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7148 if (brk == NULL)
7149 return 0;
7150
7151 target_mem = alloca (len);
7152
7153 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7154 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7155 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7156 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7157
7158 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7159 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7160
7161 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7162 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
7163 retval = 1;
7164
7165 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7166
7167 return retval;
7168 }
7169
7170
7171
7172 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7173 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7174 as condition expression. */
7175
7176 static void
7177 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7178 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7179 char *cond_string,
7180 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7181 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7182 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7183 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7184 {
7185 int i;
7186
7187 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7188 {
7189 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7190 int target_resources_ok =
7191 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7192 i + 1, 0);
7193 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7194 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7195 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7196 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7197 }
7198
7199 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7200
7201 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7202 {
7203 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7204 struct bp_location *loc;
7205
7206 if (from_tty)
7207 {
7208 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7209 if (!loc_gdbarch)
7210 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7211
7212 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7213 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7214 }
7215
7216 if (i == 0)
7217 {
7218 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
7219 b->thread = thread;
7220 b->task = task;
7221
7222 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7223 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7224 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7225 b->disposition = disposition;
7226 b->pspace = sals.sals[0].pspace;
7227
7228 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7229 {
7230 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
7231 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7232
7233 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string))
7234 {
7235 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7236 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7237 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7238 char *endp;
7239 char *marker_str;
7240 int i;
7241
7242 p = skip_spaces (p);
7243
7244 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7245
7246 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7247 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7248
7249 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7250 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7251 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7252 }
7253 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7254 {
7255 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7256 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7257
7258 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7259 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7260 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7261 }
7262 else
7263 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7264 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7265 }
7266
7267 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
7268 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
7269 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
7270 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7271
7272 loc = b->loc;
7273 }
7274 else
7275 {
7276 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7277 }
7278
7279 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7280 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7281
7282 if (b->cond_string)
7283 {
7284 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7285 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7286 if (*arg)
7287 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7288 }
7289 }
7290
7291 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7292 if (addr_string)
7293 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7294 else
7295 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7296 me. */
7297 b->addr_string
7298 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7299 }
7300
7301 static void
7302 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7303 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7304 char *cond_string,
7305 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7306 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7307 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7308 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7309 {
7310 struct breakpoint *b;
7311 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7312
7313 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
7314 {
7315 struct tracepoint *t;
7316
7317 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7318 b = &t->base;
7319 }
7320 else
7321 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7322
7323 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
7324
7325 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
7326 sals, addr_string,
7327 cond_string,
7328 type, disposition,
7329 thread, task, ignore_count,
7330 ops, from_tty,
7331 enabled, internal, display_canonical);
7332 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
7333
7334 install_breakpoint (internal, b);
7335 }
7336
7337 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7338 elements to fill the void space. */
7339 static void
7340 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
7341 {
7342 int i = index_to_remove+1;
7343 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
7344
7345 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
7346 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
7347
7348 --(sal->nelts);
7349 }
7350
7351 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7352 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7353 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7354 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7355 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7356 single expanded sal, return the original.
7357
7358 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7359 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7360 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7361 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7362 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7363
7364 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7365 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7366 {
7367 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7368 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
7369 char *original_function = NULL;
7370 int found;
7371 int i;
7372 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7373
7374 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7375 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7376 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
7377 {
7378 expanded.nelts = 1;
7379 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7380 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7381 return expanded;
7382 }
7383
7384 sal.pc = 0;
7385
7386 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7387
7388 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
7389
7390 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
7391
7392 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7393 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
7394
7395 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
7396 {
7397 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7398 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7399 xfree (expanded.sals);
7400 expanded.nelts = 1;
7401 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7402 sal.pc = original_pc;
7403 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7404 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[0]);
7405 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7406 return expanded;
7407 }
7408
7409 if (!sal.explicit_line)
7410 {
7411 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
7412 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7413 {
7414 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
7415 char *this_function;
7416
7417 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7418 read memory. */
7419 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded.sals[i].pspace);
7420
7421 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
7422 &func_addr, &func_end))
7423 {
7424 if (this_function
7425 && strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
7426 {
7427 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
7428 --i;
7429 }
7430 }
7431 }
7432 }
7433
7434 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7435 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7436 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[i]);
7437
7438 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7439
7440 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
7441 {
7442 /* This is an ugly workaround. If we get zero expanded sals
7443 then something is really wrong. Fix that by returning the
7444 original sal. */
7445
7446 xfree (expanded.sals);
7447 expanded.nelts = 1;
7448 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7449 sal.pc = original_pc;
7450 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7451 return expanded;
7452 }
7453
7454 if (original_pc)
7455 {
7456 found = 0;
7457 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7458 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
7459 {
7460 found = 1;
7461 break;
7462 }
7463 gdb_assert (found);
7464 }
7465
7466 return expanded;
7467 }
7468
7469 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7470 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7471 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7472 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7473 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7474 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7475 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7476 we take just a single condition string.
7477
7478 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7479 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7480 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7481 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7482 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7483
7484 static void
7485 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7486 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
7487 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7488 char *cond_string,
7489 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7490 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7491 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7492 int enabled, int internal)
7493 {
7494 int i;
7495
7496 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7497 {
7498 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
7499 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
7500
7501 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, canonical->canonical[i],
7502 cond_string, type, disposition,
7503 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7504 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7505 canonical->special_display);
7506 }
7507 }
7508
7509 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7510 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7511 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7512 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7513
7514 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7515 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7516
7517 static void
7518 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7519 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
7520 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7521 {
7522 char *addr_start = *address;
7523
7524 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7525 breakpoint. */
7526 if ((*address) == NULL
7527 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7528 {
7529 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
7530 address. */
7531 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7532 {
7533 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7534
7535 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7536 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7537 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7538
7539 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
7540 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
7541 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
7542 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7543
7544 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7545 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
7546 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
7547 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
7548 instances with the same symtab and line. */
7549 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7550
7551 sals->sals[0] = sal;
7552 sals->nelts = 1;
7553 }
7554 else
7555 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7556 }
7557 else
7558 {
7559 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7560 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7561 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7562 time while leaving the last displayed codepoint pointers
7563 alone.
7564
7565 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7566 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7567
7568 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7569
7570 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
7571 && (!cursal.symtab
7572 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
7573 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
7574 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1,
7575 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
7576 get_last_displayed_line (),
7577 canonical);
7578 else
7579 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7580 canonical);
7581 }
7582 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7583 if (sals->nelts > 0 && canonical->canonical == NULL)
7584 canonical->canonical = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char *));
7585 if (addr_start != (*address))
7586 {
7587 int i;
7588
7589 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7590 {
7591 /* Add the string if not present. */
7592 if (canonical->canonical[i] == NULL)
7593 canonical->canonical[i] = savestring (addr_start,
7594 (*address) - addr_start);
7595 }
7596 }
7597 }
7598
7599
7600 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7601 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7602
7603 static void
7604 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7605 {
7606 int i;
7607
7608 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7609 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7610 }
7611
7612 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7613 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7614 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7615 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7616 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7617 it, etc. */
7618
7619 static void
7620 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7621 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7622 {
7623 int i, rslt;
7624 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7625 char *msg;
7626 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7627
7628 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7629 {
7630 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7631
7632 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch, sal->pc,
7633 NULL, &msg);
7634 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7635
7636 if (!rslt)
7637 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7638 paddress (gdbarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7639
7640 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7641 }
7642 }
7643
7644 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7645 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7646 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7647 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7648 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7649 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7650 static void
7651 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7652 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7653 {
7654 *cond_string = NULL;
7655 *thread = -1;
7656 while (tok && *tok)
7657 {
7658 char *end_tok;
7659 int toklen;
7660 char *cond_start = NULL;
7661 char *cond_end = NULL;
7662
7663 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7664
7665 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7666
7667 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7668
7669 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7670 {
7671 struct expression *expr;
7672
7673 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7674 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7675 xfree (expr);
7676 cond_end = tok;
7677 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7678 cond_end - cond_start);
7679 }
7680 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7681 {
7682 char *tmptok;
7683
7684 tok = end_tok + 1;
7685 tmptok = tok;
7686 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7687 if (tok == tmptok)
7688 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7689 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7690 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7691 }
7692 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7693 {
7694 char *tmptok;
7695
7696 tok = end_tok + 1;
7697 tmptok = tok;
7698 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7699 if (tok == tmptok)
7700 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7701 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7702 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7703 }
7704 else
7705 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7706 }
7707 }
7708
7709 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7710
7711 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7712 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
7713 {
7714 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
7715 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7716 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7717 struct symbol *sym;
7718 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7719 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
7720 char *endp;
7721 char *marker_str;
7722 int i;
7723
7724 p = skip_spaces (p);
7725
7726 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7727
7728 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7729 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
7730
7731 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
7732 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
7733 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
7734
7735 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
7736 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
7737
7738 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7739 {
7740 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
7741
7742 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
7743
7744 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
7745
7746 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
7747 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
7748
7749 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
7750 }
7751
7752 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7753
7754 *arg_p = endp;
7755 return sals;
7756 }
7757
7758 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7759 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7760 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7761 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7762 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7763 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7764 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7765 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7766 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7767 false otherwise. */
7768
7769 int
7770 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7771 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
7772 int parse_condition_and_thread,
7773 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
7774 int ignore_count,
7775 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
7776 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
7777 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
7778 {
7779 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
7780 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7781 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
7782 char *copy_arg;
7783 char *addr_start = arg;
7784 struct linespec_result canonical;
7785 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7786 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
7787 int i;
7788 int pending = 0;
7789 int task = 0;
7790 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
7791
7792 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7793
7794 sals.sals = NULL;
7795 sals.nelts = 0;
7796 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
7797
7798 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (arg))
7799 {
7800 int i;
7801
7802 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
7803
7804 copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, arg - addr_start);
7805 canonical.canonical = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (char *));
7806 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7807 canonical.canonical[i] = xstrdup (copy_arg);
7808 goto done;
7809 }
7810
7811 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
7812 {
7813 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals, &canonical);
7814 }
7815
7816 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7817 switch (e.reason)
7818 {
7819 case RETURN_QUIT:
7820 throw_exception (e);
7821 case RETURN_ERROR:
7822 switch (e.error)
7823 {
7824 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
7825
7826 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7827 error. */
7828
7829 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
7830 throw_exception (e);
7831
7832 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
7833
7834 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7835 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7836 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7837 && !nquery (_("Make breakpoint pending on "
7838 "future shared library load? ")))
7839 return 0;
7840
7841 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7842 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7843 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7844 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7845 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
7846 canonical.canonical = &copy_arg;
7847 sals.nelts = 1;
7848 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
7849 pending_sal.pc = 0;
7850 pending = 1;
7851 break;
7852 default:
7853 throw_exception (e);
7854 }
7855 break;
7856 default:
7857 if (!sals.nelts)
7858 return 0;
7859 }
7860
7861 done:
7862
7863 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
7864 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7865
7866 if (!pending)
7867 {
7868 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
7869 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
7870
7871 /* Cleanup the canonical array but not its contents. */
7872 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical);
7873 }
7874
7875 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7876 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7877 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
7878 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
7879 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7880
7881 /* Mark the contents of the canonical for cleanup. These go on
7882 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
7883 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7884 {
7885 if (canonical.canonical[i] != NULL)
7886 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical[i]);
7887 }
7888
7889 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7890 are ok for the target. */
7891 if (!pending)
7892 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals);
7893
7894 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
7895 if (type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
7896 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &sals);
7897
7898 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7899 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7900 breakpoint. */
7901 if (!pending)
7902 {
7903 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
7904 {
7905 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7906 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7907 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7908 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7909 cond_string = NULL;
7910 thread = -1;
7911 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
7912 &thread, &task);
7913 if (cond_string)
7914 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7915 }
7916 else
7917 {
7918 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
7919 if (cond_string)
7920 {
7921 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
7922 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7923 }
7924 }
7925
7926 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
7927 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
7928 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
7929 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
7930 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
7931 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
7932 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint
7933 && is_marker_spec (canonical.canonical[0]))
7934 {
7935 int i;
7936
7937 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7938 {
7939 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7940 struct tracepoint *tp;
7941 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7942
7943 expanded.nelts = 1;
7944 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7945 expanded.sals[0] = sals.sals[i];
7946 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, expanded.sals);
7947
7948 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7949 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
7950 canonical.canonical[i],
7951 cond_string, type_wanted,
7952 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
7953 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7954 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7955 canonical.special_display);
7956 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
7957 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
7958 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
7959 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
7960 try to match up which of the newly found markers
7961 corresponds to this one */
7962 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
7963
7964 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base);
7965
7966 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7967 }
7968 }
7969 else
7970 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, sals, &canonical, cond_string,
7971 type_wanted,
7972 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
7973 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
7974 enabled, internal);
7975 }
7976 else
7977 {
7978 struct breakpoint *b;
7979
7980 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
7981
7982 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
7983 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7984 b->thread = -1;
7985 b->addr_string = canonical.canonical[0];
7986 b->cond_string = NULL;
7987 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7988 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7989 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
7990 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7991 b->pspace = current_program_space;
7992 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7993
7994 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
7995 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
7996 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
7997 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7998
7999 if (!internal)
8000 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number,
8001 but do notify observers. */
8002 mention (b);
8003 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8004 }
8005
8006 if (sals.nelts > 1)
8007 {
8008 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8009 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8010 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
8011 }
8012
8013 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8014 breakpoint. */
8015 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
8016 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8017 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8018
8019 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8020 update_global_location_list (1);
8021
8022 return 1;
8023 }
8024
8025 /* Set a breakpoint.
8026 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8027 condition, and thread.
8028 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8029 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8030 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
8031
8032 static void
8033 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
8034 {
8035 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
8036 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8037 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8038 : bp_breakpoint);
8039
8040 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8041 arg,
8042 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8043 tempflag, type_wanted,
8044 0 /* Ignore count */,
8045 pending_break_support,
8046 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops,
8047 from_tty,
8048 1 /* enabled */,
8049 0 /* internal */);
8050 }
8051
8052 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8053
8054 void
8055 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8056 {
8057 CORE_ADDR pc;
8058
8059 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8060 {
8061 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
8062 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8063 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
8064 sal->pc = pc;
8065
8066 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8067 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8068 if (sal->explicit_line)
8069 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
8070 }
8071
8072 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8073 {
8074 struct blockvector *bv;
8075 struct block *b;
8076 struct symbol *sym;
8077
8078 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8079 if (bv != NULL)
8080 {
8081 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8082 if (sym != NULL)
8083 {
8084 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8085 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8086 }
8087 else
8088 {
8089 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8090 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8091 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8092 happen in assembly source). */
8093
8094 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8095 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8096
8097 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8098
8099 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8100 if (msym)
8101 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8102
8103 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8104 }
8105 }
8106 }
8107 }
8108
8109 void
8110 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8111 {
8112 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8113 }
8114
8115 void
8116 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8117 {
8118 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8119 }
8120
8121 static void
8122 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8123 {
8124 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8125 }
8126
8127 static void
8128 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8129 {
8130 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8131 }
8132
8133 static void
8134 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8135 {
8136 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8137 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8138 stop at <line>\n"));
8139 }
8140
8141 static void
8142 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8143 {
8144 int badInput = 0;
8145
8146 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8147 badInput = 1;
8148 else if (*arg != '*')
8149 {
8150 char *argptr = arg;
8151 int hasColon = 0;
8152
8153 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8154 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8155 function/method name. */
8156 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8157 {
8158 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8159 argptr++;
8160 }
8161
8162 if (hasColon)
8163 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8164 else
8165 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8166 }
8167
8168 if (badInput)
8169 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8170 else
8171 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8172 }
8173
8174 static void
8175 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8176 {
8177 int badInput = 0;
8178
8179 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8180 badInput = 1;
8181 else
8182 {
8183 char *argptr = arg;
8184 int hasColon = 0;
8185
8186 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8187 it is probably a line number. */
8188 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8189 {
8190 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8191 argptr++;
8192 }
8193
8194 if (hasColon)
8195 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8196 else
8197 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8198 }
8199
8200 if (badInput)
8201 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8202 else
8203 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8204 }
8205
8206 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8207 ranged breakpoints. */
8208
8209 static int
8210 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8211 struct address_space *aspace,
8212 CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8213 {
8214 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8215 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8216 }
8217
8218 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8219 ranged breakpoints. */
8220
8221 static int
8222 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8223 {
8224 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8225 }
8226
8227 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8228 ranged breakpoints. */
8229
8230 static enum print_stop_action
8231 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
8232 {
8233 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8234 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8235 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8236
8237 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8238
8239 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8240 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8241
8242 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8243 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8244 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8245 else
8246 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8247 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8248 {
8249 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8250 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8251 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8252 }
8253 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8254 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8255
8256 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8257 }
8258
8259 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8260 ranged breakpoints. */
8261
8262 static void
8263 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8264 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8265 {
8266 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8267 struct value_print_options opts;
8268 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8269
8270 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8271 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8272
8273 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8274
8275 if (opts.addressprint)
8276 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8277 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8278 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8279 annotate_field (5);
8280 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8281 *last_loc = bl;
8282 }
8283
8284 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8285 ranged breakpoints. */
8286
8287 static void
8288 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8289 struct ui_out *uiout)
8290 {
8291 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8292 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8293 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8294 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8295
8296 gdb_assert (bl);
8297
8298 address_start = bl->address;
8299 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8300
8301 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8302 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8303 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8304 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8305 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8306 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8307
8308 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8309 }
8310
8311 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8312 ranged breakpoints. */
8313
8314 static void
8315 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8316 {
8317 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8318 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8319
8320 gdb_assert (bl);
8321 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8322
8323 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8324 return;
8325
8326 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8327 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8328 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8329 }
8330
8331 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8332 ranged breakpoints. */
8333
8334 static void
8335 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8336 {
8337 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8338 b->addr_string_range_end);
8339 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8340 }
8341
8342 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8343
8344 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8345
8346 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8347 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8348 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8349 last instruction of the given line. */
8350
8351 static CORE_ADDR
8352 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8353 {
8354 CORE_ADDR end;
8355
8356 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8357 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8358 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8359 end = sal.pc;
8360 else
8361 {
8362 int ret;
8363 CORE_ADDR start;
8364
8365 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8366 if (!ret)
8367 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8368
8369 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8370 end--;
8371 }
8372
8373 return end;
8374 }
8375
8376 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8377
8378 static void
8379 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8380 {
8381 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8382 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8383 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8384 CORE_ADDR end;
8385 struct breakpoint *b;
8386 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8387 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_start, sals_end;
8388 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8389
8390 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8391 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8392 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8393
8394 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8395 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8396 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8397 bp_count, 0);
8398 if (can_use_bp < 0)
8399 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8400
8401 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8402 error(_("No address range specified."));
8403
8404 sals_start.sals = NULL;
8405 sals_start.nelts = 0;
8406 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8407
8408 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8409 arg++;
8410
8411 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals_start, &canonical_start);
8412
8413 sal_start = sals_start.sals[0];
8414 addr_string_start = canonical_start.canonical[0];
8415 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8416 xfree (sals_start.sals);
8417 xfree (canonical_start.canonical);
8418
8419 if (arg[0] != ',')
8420 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8421 else if (sals_start.nelts == 0)
8422 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8423 else if (sals_start.nelts != 1)
8424 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8425
8426 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_start);
8427
8428 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8429 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8430 arg++;
8431
8432 /* Parse the end location. */
8433
8434 sals_end.sals = NULL;
8435 sals_end.nelts = 0;
8436 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8437 arg_start = arg;
8438
8439 /* We call decode_line_1 directly here instead of using
8440 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8441 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8442 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8443 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8444 sals_end = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8445 &canonical_end);
8446
8447 /* canonical_end can be NULL if it was of the form "*0xdeadbeef". */
8448 if (canonical_end.canonical == NULL)
8449 canonical_end.canonical = xcalloc (1, sizeof (char *));
8450 /* Add the string if not present. */
8451 if (arg_start != arg && canonical_end.canonical[0] == NULL)
8452 canonical_end.canonical[0] = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8453
8454 sal_end = sals_end.sals[0];
8455 addr_string_end = canonical_end.canonical[0];
8456 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8457 xfree (sals_end.sals);
8458 xfree (canonical_end.canonical);
8459
8460 if (sals_end.nelts == 0)
8461 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8462 else if (sals_end.nelts != 1)
8463 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8464
8465 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_end);
8466
8467 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8468 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8469 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
8470
8471 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8472 if (length < 0)
8473 /* Length overflowed. */
8474 error (_("Address range too large."));
8475 else if (length == 1)
8476 {
8477 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8478 the `hbreak' command. */
8479 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8480
8481 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8482
8483 return;
8484 }
8485
8486 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8487 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8488 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
8489 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8490 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8491 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8492 b->addr_string = addr_string_start;
8493 b->addr_string_range_end = addr_string_end;
8494 b->loc->length = length;
8495
8496 discard_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8497
8498 mention (b);
8499 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8500 update_global_location_list (1);
8501 }
8502
8503 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8504 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8505 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8506 zero. */
8507 static int
8508 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8509 {
8510 int i = exp->nelts;
8511
8512 while (i > 0)
8513 {
8514 int oplenp, argsp;
8515
8516 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8517 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8518 i -= oplenp;
8519
8520 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8521 {
8522 case BINOP_ADD:
8523 case BINOP_SUB:
8524 case BINOP_MUL:
8525 case BINOP_DIV:
8526 case BINOP_REM:
8527 case BINOP_MOD:
8528 case BINOP_LSH:
8529 case BINOP_RSH:
8530 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8531 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8532 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8533 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8534 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8535 case BINOP_EQUAL:
8536 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8537 case BINOP_LESS:
8538 case BINOP_GTR:
8539 case BINOP_LEQ:
8540 case BINOP_GEQ:
8541 case BINOP_REPEAT:
8542 case BINOP_COMMA:
8543 case BINOP_EXP:
8544 case BINOP_MIN:
8545 case BINOP_MAX:
8546 case BINOP_INTDIV:
8547 case BINOP_CONCAT:
8548 case BINOP_IN:
8549 case BINOP_RANGE:
8550 case TERNOP_COND:
8551 case TERNOP_SLICE:
8552 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8553
8554 case OP_LONG:
8555 case OP_DOUBLE:
8556 case OP_DECFLOAT:
8557 case OP_LAST:
8558 case OP_COMPLEX:
8559 case OP_STRING:
8560 case OP_BITSTRING:
8561 case OP_ARRAY:
8562 case OP_TYPE:
8563 case OP_NAME:
8564 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8565
8566 case UNOP_NEG:
8567 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8568 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8569 case UNOP_ADDR:
8570 case UNOP_HIGH:
8571 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8572 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8573 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8574 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8575
8576 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8577 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8578 ADDR is. */
8579 break;
8580
8581 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
8582 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8583
8584 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8585 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8586 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8587 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8588
8589 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8590 are always constant. */
8591 {
8592 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8593
8594 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8595 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8596 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8597 return 0;
8598 break;
8599 }
8600
8601 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8602 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8603 then it is not a constant. */
8604 default:
8605 return 0;
8606 }
8607 }
8608
8609 return 1;
8610 }
8611
8612 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8613
8614 static void
8615 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
8616 {
8617 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
8618
8619 xfree (w->cond_exp);
8620 xfree (w->exp);
8621 xfree (w->exp_string);
8622 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
8623 value_free (w->val);
8624
8625 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
8626 }
8627
8628 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8629
8630 static void
8631 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8632 {
8633 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8634
8635 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
8636 variables, or it can be on local variables.
8637
8638 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
8639 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
8640 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
8641 are loaded and unloaded.
8642
8643 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8644 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
8645 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
8646 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
8647 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
8648 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8649
8650 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8651 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
8652 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8653 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8654
8655 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8656 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8657
8658 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
8659 reevaluated again when enabled. */
8660 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
8661 }
8662
8663 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8664
8665 static int
8666 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8667 {
8668 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8669 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8670
8671 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8672 w->cond_exp);
8673 }
8674
8675 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8676
8677 static int
8678 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8679 {
8680 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8681 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8682
8683 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8684 w->cond_exp);
8685 }
8686
8687 static int
8688 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8689 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8690 {
8691 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
8692 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8693
8694 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
8695 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
8696 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
8697 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
8698 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
8699 (did not match the data address). */
8700 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
8701 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
8702 return 0;
8703
8704 return 1;
8705 }
8706
8707 static void
8708 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8709 {
8710 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
8711
8712 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
8713 }
8714
8715 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8716 hardware watchpoints. */
8717
8718 static int
8719 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8720 {
8721 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8722 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8723
8724 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8725 }
8726
8727 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8728 hardware watchpoints. */
8729
8730 static int
8731 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8732 {
8733 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
8734 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8735 }
8736
8737 static enum print_stop_action
8738 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8739 {
8740 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8741 struct breakpoint *b;
8742 const struct bp_location *bl;
8743 struct ui_stream *stb;
8744 enum print_stop_action result;
8745 struct watchpoint *w;
8746 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8747
8748 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
8749
8750 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
8751 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8752 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8753
8754 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8755 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8756
8757 switch (b->type)
8758 {
8759 case bp_watchpoint:
8760 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8761 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8762 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8763 ui_out_field_string
8764 (uiout, "reason",
8765 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8766 mention (b);
8767 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8768 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8769 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8770 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8771 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8772 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8773 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8774 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8775 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8776 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8777 break;
8778
8779 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8780 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8781 ui_out_field_string
8782 (uiout, "reason",
8783 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8784 mention (b);
8785 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8786 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8787 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8788 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
8789 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8790 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8791 break;
8792
8793 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8794 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
8795 {
8796 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8797 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8798 ui_out_field_string
8799 (uiout, "reason",
8800 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8801 mention (b);
8802 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8803 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8804 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8805 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8806 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8807 }
8808 else
8809 {
8810 mention (b);
8811 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8812 ui_out_field_string
8813 (uiout, "reason",
8814 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8815 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8816 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8817 }
8818 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8819 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8820 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8821 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8822 break;
8823 default:
8824 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8825 }
8826
8827 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8828 return result;
8829 }
8830
8831 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
8832 watchpoints. */
8833
8834 static void
8835 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8836 {
8837 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8838 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8839 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8840
8841 switch (b->type)
8842 {
8843 case bp_watchpoint:
8844 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
8845 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8846 break;
8847 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8848 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
8849 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8850 break;
8851 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8852 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
8853 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8854 break;
8855 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8856 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8857 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8858 break;
8859 default:
8860 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8861 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8862 }
8863
8864 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8865 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8866 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
8867 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8868 }
8869
8870 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8871 watchpoints. */
8872
8873 static void
8874 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8875 {
8876 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8877
8878 switch (b->type)
8879 {
8880 case bp_watchpoint:
8881 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8882 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8883 break;
8884 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8885 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
8886 break;
8887 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8888 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
8889 break;
8890 default:
8891 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8892 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
8893 }
8894
8895 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
8896 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8897 }
8898
8899 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8900
8901 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8902
8903 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8904 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8905
8906 static int
8907 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8908 {
8909 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8910
8911 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
8912 bl->watchpoint_type);
8913 }
8914
8915 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8916 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8917
8918 static int
8919 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8920 {
8921 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8922
8923 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
8924 bl->watchpoint_type);
8925 }
8926
8927 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8928 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8929
8930 static int
8931 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8932 {
8933 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8934
8935 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
8936 }
8937
8938 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8939 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8940
8941 static int
8942 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8943 {
8944 return 0;
8945 }
8946
8947 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8948 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8949
8950 static enum print_stop_action
8951 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8952 {
8953 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8954 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8955
8956 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8957 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
8958
8959 switch (b->type)
8960 {
8961 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8962 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8963 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8964 ui_out_field_string
8965 (uiout, "reason",
8966 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8967 break;
8968
8969 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8970 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8971 ui_out_field_string
8972 (uiout, "reason",
8973 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8974 break;
8975
8976 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8977 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8978 ui_out_field_string
8979 (uiout, "reason",
8980 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8981 break;
8982 default:
8983 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8984 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8985 }
8986
8987 mention (b);
8988 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
8989 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8990 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8991 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8992
8993 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8994 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8995 }
8996
8997 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8998 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8999
9000 static void
9001 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9002 struct ui_out *uiout)
9003 {
9004 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9005
9006 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9007 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9008
9009 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
9010 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
9011 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9012 }
9013
9014 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9015 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9016
9017 static void
9018 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9019 {
9020 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9021 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9022 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9023
9024 switch (b->type)
9025 {
9026 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9027 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9028 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9029 break;
9030 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9031 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9032 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9033 break;
9034 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9035 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9036 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9037 break;
9038 default:
9039 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9040 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9041 }
9042
9043 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9044 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9045 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
9046 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9047 }
9048
9049 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9050 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9051
9052 static void
9053 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9054 {
9055 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9056 char tmp[40];
9057
9058 switch (b->type)
9059 {
9060 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9061 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9062 break;
9063 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9064 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9065 break;
9066 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9067 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9068 break;
9069 default:
9070 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9071 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9072 }
9073
9074 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
9075 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
9076 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9077 }
9078
9079 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9080
9081 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9082
9083 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9084
9085 static int
9086 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9087 {
9088 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9089 }
9090
9091 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9092 hw_read: watch read,
9093 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9094 static void
9095 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
9096 int just_location, int internal)
9097 {
9098 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9099 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9100 struct expression *exp;
9101 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9102 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9103 struct frame_info *frame;
9104 char *exp_start = NULL;
9105 char *exp_end = NULL;
9106 char *tok, *end_tok;
9107 int toklen = -1;
9108 char *cond_start = NULL;
9109 char *cond_end = NULL;
9110 enum bptype bp_type;
9111 int thread = -1;
9112 int pc = 0;
9113 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9114 the hardware watchpoint. */
9115 int use_mask = 0;
9116 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
9117 struct watchpoint *w;
9118
9119 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9120 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9121 {
9122 char *value_start;
9123
9124 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9125 of the arguments string. */
9126 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9127 {
9128 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9129 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9130 tok--;
9131
9132 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9133 This is the value of the parameter. */
9134 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9135 tok--;
9136 value_start = tok + 1;
9137
9138 /* Skip whitespace. */
9139 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9140 tok--;
9141
9142 end_tok = tok;
9143
9144 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9145 This is the parameter itself. */
9146 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9147 tok--;
9148 tok++;
9149 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9150
9151 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9152 {
9153 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9154 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9155 only in a specific thread. */
9156 char *endp;
9157
9158 if (thread != -1)
9159 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9160
9161 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9162 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9163
9164 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9165 thread ID. */
9166 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9167 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9168
9169 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9170 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9171 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9172 }
9173 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9174 {
9175 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9176 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9177 facility. */
9178 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9179
9180 if (use_mask)
9181 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9182
9183 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9184
9185 mark = value_mark ();
9186 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9187 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9188 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9189 }
9190 else
9191 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9192 break;
9193
9194 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9195 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9196 *tok = '\0';
9197 }
9198 }
9199
9200 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9201 innermost_block = NULL;
9202 exp_start = arg;
9203 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9204 exp_end = arg;
9205 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9206 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9207 prettier. */
9208 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9209 --exp_end;
9210
9211 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9212 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9213 {
9214 int len;
9215
9216 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9217 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9218 len--;
9219 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9220 }
9221
9222 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9223 mark = value_mark ();
9224 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9225
9226 if (just_location)
9227 {
9228 int ret;
9229
9230 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9231 val = value_addr (result);
9232 release_value (val);
9233 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9234
9235 if (use_mask)
9236 {
9237 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9238 mask);
9239 if (ret == -1)
9240 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9241 else if (ret == -2)
9242 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9243 }
9244 }
9245 else if (val != NULL)
9246 release_value (val);
9247
9248 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9249 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9250
9251 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9252 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9253 {
9254 struct expression *cond;
9255
9256 innermost_block = NULL;
9257 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9258 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9259
9260 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9261 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9262 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9263
9264 xfree (cond);
9265 cond_end = tok;
9266 }
9267 if (*tok)
9268 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9269
9270 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9271 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9272 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9273 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9274 else
9275 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9276
9277 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9278
9279 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9280 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9281 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9282 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9283 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9284 {
9285 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9286 {
9287 scope_breakpoint
9288 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9289 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9290 bp_watchpoint_scope,
9291 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9292
9293 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9294
9295 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9296 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9297
9298 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9299 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9300
9301 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9302 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9303 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9304 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9305 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9306 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9307 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9308 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9309 scope_breakpoint->type);
9310 }
9311 }
9312
9313 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9314
9315 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
9316 b = &w->base;
9317 if (use_mask)
9318 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9319 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9320 else
9321 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9322 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9323 b->thread = thread;
9324 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9325 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9326 w->exp = exp;
9327 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9328 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9329 if (just_location)
9330 {
9331 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9332 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9333 char *name;
9334
9335 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9336 name = type_to_string (t);
9337
9338 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9339 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9340 xfree (name);
9341
9342 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9343 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9344
9345 /* The above expression is in C. */
9346 b->language = language_c;
9347 }
9348 else
9349 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9350
9351 if (use_mask)
9352 {
9353 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9354 }
9355 else
9356 {
9357 w->val = val;
9358 w->val_valid = 1;
9359 }
9360
9361 if (cond_start)
9362 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9363 else
9364 b->cond_string = 0;
9365
9366 if (frame)
9367 {
9368 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9369 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9370 }
9371 else
9372 {
9373 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9374 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9375 }
9376
9377 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9378 {
9379 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9380 need to act on them together. */
9381 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9382 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9383 }
9384
9385 if (!just_location)
9386 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9387
9388 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9389 {
9390 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9391 that should be inserted. */
9392 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
9393 }
9394 if (e.reason < 0)
9395 {
9396 delete_breakpoint (b);
9397 throw_exception (e);
9398 }
9399
9400 install_breakpoint (internal, b);
9401 }
9402
9403 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9404 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9405
9406 static int
9407 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9408 {
9409 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9410 struct value *head = v;
9411
9412 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9413 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9414 return 0;
9415
9416 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9417 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9418 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9419 hardware watchpoint.
9420
9421 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9422 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9423 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9424 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9425 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9426 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9427 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9428 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9429 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9430
9431 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9432 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9433 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9434 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9435 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9436 {
9437 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9438 {
9439 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9440 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9441 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9442 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9443 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9444 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9445 ;
9446 else
9447 {
9448 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9449 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9450 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9451
9452 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9453 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9454 middle of some value chain. */
9455 if (v == head
9456 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9457 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9458 {
9459 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9460 int len;
9461 int num_regs;
9462
9463 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9464 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9465 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9466
9467 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9468 if (!num_regs)
9469 return 0;
9470 else
9471 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9472 }
9473 }
9474 }
9475 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9476 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9477 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9478 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9479 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9480 }
9481
9482 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9483 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9484 return found_memory_cnt;
9485 }
9486
9487 void
9488 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9489 {
9490 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9491 }
9492
9493 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9494 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9495 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9496 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9497
9498 static int
9499 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9500 {
9501 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9502 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9503 {
9504 *str += arg_len;
9505 return 1;
9506 }
9507 return 0;
9508 }
9509
9510 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9511 calls watch_command_1. */
9512
9513 static void
9514 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9515 {
9516 int just_location = 0;
9517
9518 if (arg
9519 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9520 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9521 {
9522 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9523 just_location = 1;
9524 }
9525
9526 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9527 }
9528
9529 static void
9530 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9531 {
9532 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9533 }
9534
9535 void
9536 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9537 {
9538 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9539 }
9540
9541 static void
9542 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9543 {
9544 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9545 }
9546
9547 void
9548 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9549 {
9550 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9551 }
9552
9553 static void
9554 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9555 {
9556 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9557 }
9558 \f
9559
9560 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9561 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9562
9563 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9564 {
9565 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9566 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9567 int thread_num;
9568 };
9569
9570 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9571 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9572 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9573 command. */
9574 static void
9575 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9576 {
9577 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9578
9579 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9580 if (a->breakpoint2)
9581 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9582 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9583 }
9584
9585 void
9586 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9587 {
9588 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9589 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9590 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9591 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9592 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9593 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9594 int thread;
9595 struct thread_info *tp;
9596
9597 clear_proceed_status ();
9598
9599 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9600 this function. */
9601
9602 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9603 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1,
9604 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9605 get_last_displayed_line (),
9606 NULL);
9607 else
9608 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
9609
9610 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9611 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9612
9613 sal = sals.sals[0];
9614 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9615
9616 if (*arg)
9617 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9618
9619 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9620
9621 if (anywhere)
9622 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9623 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9624 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9625 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9626 else
9627 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9628 only at the very same frame. */
9629 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9630 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9631 bp_until);
9632
9633 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9634
9635 tp = inferior_thread ();
9636 thread = tp->num;
9637
9638 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9639 one. */
9640
9641 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9642 {
9643 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9644 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9645 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9646 sal,
9647 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9648 bp_until);
9649 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9650
9651 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9652 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9653 }
9654
9655 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9656
9657 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9658 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9659 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9660 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9661
9662 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9663 {
9664 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9665 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9666
9667 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9668 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9669 args->thread_num = thread;
9670
9671 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9672 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9673 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9674 xfree);
9675 }
9676 else
9677 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9678 }
9679
9680 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9681 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9682
9683 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9684 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9685 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9686 if clause in the arg string. */
9687
9688 static char *
9689 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9690 {
9691 char *cond_string;
9692
9693 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9694 return NULL;
9695
9696 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9697 (*arg) += 2;
9698
9699 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9700 condition string. */
9701 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9702 cond_string = *arg;
9703
9704 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9705 string. */
9706 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9707
9708 return cond_string;
9709 }
9710
9711 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9712 process start/exit, etc. */
9713
9714 typedef enum
9715 {
9716 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9717 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9718 }
9719 catch_fork_kind;
9720
9721 static void
9722 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9723 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9724 {
9725 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9726 char *cond_string = NULL;
9727 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9728 int tempflag;
9729
9730 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9731 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9732 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9733
9734 if (!arg)
9735 arg = "";
9736 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9737
9738 /* The allowed syntax is:
9739 catch [v]fork
9740 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9741
9742 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9743 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9744
9745 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9746 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9747
9748 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9749 and enable reporting of such events. */
9750 switch (fork_kind)
9751 {
9752 case catch_fork_temporary:
9753 case catch_fork_permanent:
9754 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9755 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9756 break;
9757 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9758 case catch_vfork_permanent:
9759 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9760 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
9761 break;
9762 default:
9763 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9764 break;
9765 }
9766 }
9767
9768 static void
9769 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9770 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9771 {
9772 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
9773 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9774 int tempflag;
9775 char *cond_string = NULL;
9776
9777 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9778
9779 if (!arg)
9780 arg = "";
9781 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9782
9783 /* The allowed syntax is:
9784 catch exec
9785 catch exec if <cond>
9786
9787 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9788 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9789
9790 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9791 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9792
9793 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
9794 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9795 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
9796 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
9797
9798 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base);
9799 }
9800
9801 static enum print_stop_action
9802 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
9803 {
9804 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9805 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9806 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
9807
9808 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
9809
9810 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9811 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
9812 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
9813 b->loc->address,
9814 b->number, 1);
9815 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9816 ui_out_text (uiout,
9817 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
9818 : "Catchpoint ");
9819 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9820 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9821 ui_out_text (uiout,
9822 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
9823 : " (exception caught), ");
9824 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9825 {
9826 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9827 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9828 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9829 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9830 }
9831 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9832 }
9833
9834 static void
9835 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9836 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9837 {
9838 struct value_print_options opts;
9839 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9840
9841 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9842 if (opts.addressprint)
9843 {
9844 annotate_field (4);
9845 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
9846 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9847 else
9848 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
9849 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
9850 }
9851 annotate_field (5);
9852 if (b->loc)
9853 *last_loc = b->loc;
9854 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
9855 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
9856 else
9857 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
9858 }
9859
9860 static void
9861 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9862 {
9863 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9864 int bp_temp;
9865 int bp_throw;
9866
9867 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9868 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9869 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9870 : _("Catchpoint "));
9871 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9872 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
9873 : _(" (catch)"));
9874 }
9875
9876 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9877 catch catchpoints. */
9878
9879 static void
9880 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9881 struct ui_file *fp)
9882 {
9883 int bp_temp;
9884 int bp_throw;
9885
9886 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9887 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9888 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9889 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
9890 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9891 }
9892
9893 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
9894
9895 static int
9896 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
9897 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
9898 {
9899 char *trigger_func_name;
9900
9901 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9902 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
9903 else
9904 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
9905
9906 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9907 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
9908 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9909 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
9910 0,
9911 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
9912 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
9913 1 /* enabled */,
9914 0 /* internal */);
9915
9916 return 1;
9917 }
9918
9919 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9920
9921 static void
9922 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
9923 int tempflag, int from_tty)
9924 {
9925 char *cond_string = NULL;
9926
9927 if (!arg)
9928 arg = "";
9929 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9930
9931 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9932
9933 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9934 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9935
9936 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
9937 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9938 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9939
9940 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
9941 return;
9942
9943 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9944 }
9945
9946 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9947
9948 static void
9949 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9950 {
9951 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9952
9953 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9954 }
9955
9956 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9957
9958 static void
9959 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
9960 {
9961 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9962
9963 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
9964 }
9965
9966 void
9967 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9968 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9969 struct symtab_and_line sal,
9970 char *addr_string,
9971 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9972 int tempflag,
9973 int from_tty)
9974 {
9975 if (from_tty)
9976 {
9977 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9978 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9979 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9980
9981 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9982 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
9983 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9984 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9985 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9986 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9987 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9988 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9989 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9990 enough for now, though. */
9991 }
9992
9993 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
9994
9995 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9996 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9997 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9998 b->language = language_ada;
9999 }
10000
10001 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
10002 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
10003 static VEC(int) *
10004 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
10005 {
10006 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
10007 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
10008
10009 while (*arg != '\0')
10010 {
10011 int i, syscall_number;
10012 char *endptr;
10013 char cur_name[128];
10014 struct syscall s;
10015
10016 /* Skip whitespace. */
10017 while (isspace (*arg))
10018 arg++;
10019
10020 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
10021 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
10022 cur_name[i] = '\0';
10023 arg += i;
10024
10025 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10026 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
10027 if (*endptr == '\0')
10028 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
10029 else
10030 {
10031 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10032 to a number. */
10033 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
10034
10035 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
10036 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10037 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10038 syscall number to be caught. */
10039 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
10040 }
10041
10042 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10043 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
10044 }
10045
10046 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
10047 return result;
10048 }
10049
10050 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10051
10052 static void
10053 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10054 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10055 {
10056 int tempflag;
10057 VEC(int) *filter;
10058 struct syscall s;
10059 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10060
10061 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10062 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
10063 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10064 this architecture yet."));
10065
10066 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10067
10068 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10069
10070 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10071 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10072 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10073 for his/her architecture. */
10074 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
10075
10076 /* The allowed syntax is:
10077 catch syscall
10078 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10079
10080 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10081
10082 if (arg != NULL)
10083 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
10084 else
10085 filter = NULL;
10086
10087 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
10088 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
10089 }
10090
10091 static void
10092 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10093 {
10094 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10095 }
10096 \f
10097
10098 static void
10099 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10100 {
10101 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10102 }
10103
10104 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10105
10106 static void
10107 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10108 {
10109 struct breakpoint *b;
10110 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10111 int ix;
10112 int default_match;
10113 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10114 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10115 int i;
10116
10117 if (arg)
10118 {
10119 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
10120 default_match = 0;
10121 }
10122 else
10123 {
10124 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10125 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10126 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10127 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10128
10129 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10130 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10131 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10132 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
10133 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10134 error (_("No source file specified."));
10135
10136 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10137 sals.nelts = 1;
10138
10139 default_match = 1;
10140 }
10141
10142 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10143 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10144 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10145 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10146
10147 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10148 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10149 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10150 due to optimization, all in one block.
10151
10152 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10153 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10154 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10155 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10156 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10157 to support that. */
10158
10159 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10160 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10161 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10162 breakpoint. */
10163
10164 found = NULL;
10165 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10166 {
10167 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10168 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10169 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10170 or at default pc.
10171
10172 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10173
10174 0 1 pc
10175 1 1 pc _and_ line
10176 0 0 line
10177 1 0 <can't happen> */
10178
10179 sal = sals.sals[i];
10180
10181 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10182 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10183 {
10184 int match = 0;
10185 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10186 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10187 {
10188 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10189 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10190 {
10191 int pc_match = sal.pc
10192 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10193 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10194 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10195 || loc->section == sal.section);
10196 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
10197 && b->source_file != NULL
10198 && sal.symtab != NULL
10199 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10200 && filename_cmp (b->source_file,
10201 sal.symtab->filename) == 0
10202 && b->line_number == sal.line);
10203 if (pc_match || line_match)
10204 {
10205 match = 1;
10206 break;
10207 }
10208 }
10209 }
10210
10211 if (match)
10212 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10213 }
10214 }
10215 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10216 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10217 {
10218 if (arg)
10219 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10220 else
10221 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10222 }
10223
10224 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10225 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10226 if (from_tty)
10227 {
10228 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10229 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10230 else
10231 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10232 }
10233 breakpoints_changed ();
10234
10235 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10236 {
10237 if (from_tty)
10238 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10239 delete_breakpoint (b);
10240 }
10241 if (from_tty)
10242 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10243 }
10244 \f
10245 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10246 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10247 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10248
10249 void
10250 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10251 {
10252 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10253
10254 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10255 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10256 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10257 && bs->stop)
10258 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10259
10260 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10261 {
10262 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10263 delete_breakpoint (b);
10264 }
10265 }
10266
10267 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10268 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10269 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10270 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10271 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10272 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
10273
10274 static int
10275 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10276 {
10277 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10278 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10279 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10280 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10281 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10282
10283 if (a->address != b->address)
10284 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10285
10286 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10287 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10288 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10289
10290 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10291 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10292
10293 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10294 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10295 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
10296
10297 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10298 }
10299
10300 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10301 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10302 content of the bp_location array. */
10303
10304 static void
10305 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10306 {
10307 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10308
10309 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10310 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10311
10312 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10313 {
10314 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10315
10316 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10317 continue;
10318
10319 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10320 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10321
10322 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10323 addr = bl->address - start;
10324 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10325 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10326
10327 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10328
10329 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10330 addr = end - bl->address;
10331 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10332 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10333 }
10334 }
10335
10336 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
10337
10338 static void
10339 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
10340 {
10341 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10342 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10343
10344 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
10345 return;
10346
10347 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10348
10349 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10350 {
10351 struct tracepoint *t;
10352
10353 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
10354 continue;
10355
10356 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
10357 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
10358 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
10359 continue;
10360
10361 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
10362 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
10363 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
10364 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
10365 continue;
10366
10367 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
10368
10369 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
10370
10371 bl->inserted = 1;
10372 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
10373 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
10374 }
10375
10376 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10377 }
10378
10379 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
10380
10381 static void
10382 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
10383 {
10384 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
10385 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
10386 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
10387
10388 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
10389 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
10390 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
10391 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
10392 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
10393
10394 left->inserted = right->inserted;
10395 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
10396 left->target_info = right->target_info;
10397 right->inserted = left_inserted;
10398 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
10399 right->target_info = left_target_info;
10400 }
10401
10402 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10403 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10404 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10405 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10406 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10407 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10408 returns true on them.
10409
10410 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10411 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10412 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10413 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10414 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10415 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10416
10417 static void
10418 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10419 {
10420 struct breakpoint *b;
10421 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10422 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10423
10424 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10425 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10426 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10427 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10428 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10429 once. */
10430 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10431 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10432 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10433 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10434
10435 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10436 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10437 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10438 unsigned old_location_count;
10439
10440 old_location = bp_location;
10441 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10442 bp_location = NULL;
10443 bp_location_count = 0;
10444 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10445
10446 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10447 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10448 bp_location_count++;
10449
10450 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10451 locp = bp_location;
10452 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10453 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10454 *locp++ = loc;
10455 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10456 bp_location_compare);
10457
10458 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10459
10460 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10461 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10462 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10463 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10464 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10465 location.
10466
10467 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10468 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10469
10470 locp = bp_location;
10471 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10472 old_locp++)
10473 {
10474 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10475 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10476
10477 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
10478 not, we have to free it. */
10479 int found_object = 0;
10480 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10481 int keep_in_target = 0;
10482 int removed = 0;
10483
10484 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10485 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10486 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10487 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10488 locp++;
10489
10490 for (loc2p = locp;
10491 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10492 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10493 loc2p++)
10494 {
10495 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10496 {
10497 found_object = 1;
10498 break;
10499 }
10500 }
10501
10502 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10503 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10504 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10505 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10506 at certain location is not inserted. */
10507
10508 if (old_loc->inserted)
10509 {
10510 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10511 it. */
10512
10513 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10514 {
10515 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10516 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10517 keep_in_target = 1;
10518 }
10519 else
10520 {
10521 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10522 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10523 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10524 this one from the target. */
10525
10526 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10527 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10528 {
10529 for (loc2p = locp;
10530 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10531 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10532 loc2p++)
10533 {
10534 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10535
10536 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10537 {
10538 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10539 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10540 supported, but the latter are. */
10541 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10542 {
10543 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10544 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10545 }
10546
10547 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
10548 if it should be inserted in case it will be
10549 unduplicated. */
10550 if (loc2 != old_loc
10551 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
10552 {
10553 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
10554 keep_in_target = 1;
10555 break;
10556 }
10557 }
10558 }
10559 }
10560 }
10561
10562 if (!keep_in_target)
10563 {
10564 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10565 {
10566 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10567 this location on the global list, and try to
10568 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10569 reason why we will succeed next time.
10570
10571 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10572 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10573 only after calling us. */
10574 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10575 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10576 old_loc->owner->number);
10577 }
10578 removed = 1;
10579 }
10580 }
10581
10582 if (!found_object)
10583 {
10584 if (removed && non_stop
10585 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10586 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10587 {
10588 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10589 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10590 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10591 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10592 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10593 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10594 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10595 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10596 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10597 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10598 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10599 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10600 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10601 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10602 SIGTRAP.
10603
10604 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10605 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10606
10607 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10608 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10609 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10610 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10611 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10612 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10613 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10614 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10615 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10616 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10617 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10618 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10619 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10620 thread_count.
10621
10622 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10623 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10624 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10625 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10626
10627 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10628 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10629 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10630 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10631 traps we can no longer explain. */
10632
10633 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10634 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10635
10636 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10637 }
10638 else
10639 {
10640 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10641 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10642 }
10643 }
10644 }
10645
10646 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10647 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10648 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10649 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10650 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10651 are sorted first for the same address.
10652
10653 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10654 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10655
10656 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10657 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10658 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10659 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10660 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10661 {
10662 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10663 non-NULL. */
10664 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
10665 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10666
10667 if (b->enable_state == bp_disabled
10668 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
10669 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled
10670 || !loc->enabled
10671 || loc->shlib_disabled
10672 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10673 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
10674 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
10675 `struct bp_location'. */
10676 || is_tracepoint (b))
10677 continue;
10678
10679 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10680 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10681 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10682 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10683 "actually inserted"));
10684
10685 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10686 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10687 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10688 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10689 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10690 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10691 else
10692 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10693
10694 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10695 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10696 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10697 {
10698 *loc_first_p = loc;
10699 loc->duplicate = 0;
10700 continue;
10701 }
10702
10703
10704 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
10705 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
10706 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
10707 if (loc->inserted)
10708 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
10709 loc->duplicate = 1;
10710
10711 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
10712 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
10713 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10714 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10715 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10716 }
10717
10718 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10719 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10720 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
10721 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10722
10723 if (should_insert)
10724 download_tracepoint_locations ();
10725
10726 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10727 }
10728
10729 void
10730 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10731 {
10732 struct bp_location *loc;
10733 int ix;
10734
10735 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
10736 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
10737 {
10738 decref_bp_location (&loc);
10739 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
10740 --ix;
10741 }
10742 }
10743
10744 static void
10745 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
10746 {
10747 struct gdb_exception e;
10748
10749 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10750 update_global_location_list (inserting);
10751 }
10752
10753 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10754
10755 static void
10756 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
10757 {
10758 bpstat bs;
10759
10760 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
10761 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
10762 {
10763 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
10764 bs->old_val = NULL;
10765 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10766 }
10767 }
10768
10769 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10770 static int
10771 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
10772 {
10773 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
10774
10775 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
10776 return 0;
10777 }
10778
10779 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
10780 callbacks. */
10781
10782 static void
10783 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
10784 {
10785 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10786 struct value_print_options opts;
10787
10788 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10789
10790 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
10791 single string. */
10792 if (b->loc == NULL)
10793 {
10794 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
10795 }
10796 else
10797 {
10798 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
10799 {
10800 printf_filtered (" at ");
10801 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
10802 gdb_stdout);
10803 }
10804 if (b->source_file)
10805 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
10806 b->source_file, b->line_number);
10807
10808 if (b->loc->next)
10809 {
10810 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10811 int n = 0;
10812 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10813 ++n;
10814 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
10815 }
10816 }
10817 }
10818
10819 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
10820
10821 static void
10822 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
10823 {
10824 xfree (self->cond);
10825 xfree (self->function_name);
10826 }
10827
10828 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
10829 {
10830 bp_location_dtor
10831 };
10832
10833 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
10834 inherit from. */
10835
10836 static void
10837 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
10838 {
10839 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
10840 xfree (self->cond_string);
10841 xfree (self->addr_string);
10842 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
10843 xfree (self->source_file);
10844 }
10845
10846 static struct bp_location *
10847 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
10848 {
10849 struct bp_location *loc;
10850
10851 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
10852 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
10853 return loc;
10854 }
10855
10856 static void
10857 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10858 {
10859 /* Nothing to re-set. */
10860 }
10861
10862 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
10863 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
10864
10865 static int
10866 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10867 {
10868 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10869 }
10870
10871 static int
10872 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10873 {
10874 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10875 }
10876
10877 static int
10878 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
10879 struct address_space *aspace,
10880 CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
10881 {
10882 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10883 }
10884
10885 static void
10886 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
10887 {
10888 /* Always stop. */
10889 }
10890
10891 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10892 errors. */
10893
10894 static int
10895 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
10896 {
10897 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10898 }
10899
10900 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10901 errors. */
10902
10903 static int
10904 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
10905 {
10906 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10907 }
10908
10909 static enum print_stop_action
10910 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
10911 {
10912 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10913 }
10914
10915 static void
10916 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
10917 struct ui_out *uiout)
10918 {
10919 /* nothing */
10920 }
10921
10922 static void
10923 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
10924 {
10925 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10926 }
10927
10928 static void
10929 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10930 {
10931 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10932 }
10933
10934 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
10935 {
10936 base_breakpoint_dtor,
10937 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
10938 base_breakpoint_re_set,
10939 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
10940 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
10941 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
10942 base_breakpoint_check_status,
10943 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
10944 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
10945 base_breakpoint_print_it,
10946 NULL,
10947 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
10948 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
10949 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
10950 };
10951
10952 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
10953
10954 static void
10955 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10956 {
10957 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
10958 if (b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
10959 return;
10960
10961 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
10962 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
10963 {
10964 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
10965 delete_breakpoint (b);
10966 return;
10967 }
10968
10969 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
10970 }
10971
10972 static int
10973 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10974 {
10975 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
10976 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
10977 &bl->target_info);
10978 else
10979 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
10980 &bl->target_info);
10981 }
10982
10983 static int
10984 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10985 {
10986 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
10987 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
10988 else
10989 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
10990 }
10991
10992 static int
10993 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
10994 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
10995 {
10996 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10997
10998 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10999 aspace, bp_addr))
11000 return 0;
11001
11002 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
11003 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
11004 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
11005 return 0;
11006
11007 return 1;
11008 }
11009
11010 static int
11011 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
11012 {
11013 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
11014
11015 return 1;
11016 }
11017
11018 static enum print_stop_action
11019 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11020 {
11021 struct breakpoint *b;
11022 const struct bp_location *bl;
11023 int bp_temp;
11024 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11025
11026 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
11027
11028 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
11029 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11030
11031 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11032 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
11033 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
11034 bl->address,
11035 b->number, 1);
11036 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
11037 if (bp_temp)
11038 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
11039 else
11040 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
11041 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11042 {
11043 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11044 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11045 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11046 }
11047 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11048 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
11049
11050 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11051 }
11052
11053 static void
11054 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11055 {
11056 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11057 return;
11058
11059 switch (b->type)
11060 {
11061 case bp_breakpoint:
11062 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11063 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
11064 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
11065 else
11066 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
11067 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11068 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
11069 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
11070 break;
11071 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11072 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
11073 break;
11074 }
11075
11076 say_where (b);
11077 }
11078
11079 static void
11080 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
11081 {
11082 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11083 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
11084 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
11085 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
11086 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
11087 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11088 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
11089 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11090 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
11091 else
11092 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11093 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
11094
11095 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
11096 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
11097 }
11098
11099 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
11100
11101 static void
11102 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11103 {
11104 switch (b->type)
11105 {
11106 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11107 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11108 case bp_overlay_event:
11109 case bp_longjmp_master:
11110 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11111 case bp_exception_master:
11112 delete_breakpoint (b);
11113 break;
11114
11115 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11116 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11117 case bp_shlib_event:
11118
11119 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
11120 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11121 case bp_thread_event:
11122 break;
11123 }
11124 }
11125
11126 static void
11127 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11128 {
11129 /* We do not stop for these. */
11130 bs->stop = 0;
11131 }
11132
11133 static enum print_stop_action
11134 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11135 {
11136 struct breakpoint *b;
11137
11138 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11139
11140 switch (b->type)
11141 {
11142 case bp_shlib_event:
11143 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11144 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11145 to shlib event" message.) */
11146 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
11147 break;
11148
11149 case bp_thread_event:
11150 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11151 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11152 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11153 break;
11154
11155 case bp_overlay_event:
11156 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11157 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11158 break;
11159
11160 case bp_longjmp_master:
11161 /* These should never be enabled. */
11162 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11163 break;
11164
11165 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11166 /* These should never be enabled. */
11167 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11168 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11169 break;
11170
11171 case bp_exception_master:
11172 /* These should never be enabled. */
11173 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11174 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11175 break;
11176 }
11177
11178 return PRINT_NOTHING;
11179 }
11180
11181 static void
11182 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11183 {
11184 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11185 }
11186
11187 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
11188
11189 static void
11190 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11191 {
11192 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11193 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
11194 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11195 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
11196 }
11197
11198 static void
11199 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11200 {
11201 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
11202 }
11203
11204 static enum print_stop_action
11205 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11206 {
11207 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11208
11209 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11210 {
11211 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11212
11213 switch (b->type)
11214 {
11215 case bp_finish:
11216 ui_out_field_string
11217 (uiout, "reason",
11218 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
11219 break;
11220
11221 case bp_until:
11222 ui_out_field_string
11223 (uiout, "reason",
11224 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
11225 break;
11226 }
11227 }
11228
11229 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11230 }
11231
11232 static void
11233 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11234 {
11235 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11236 }
11237
11238 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
11239
11240 static void
11241 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11242 {
11243 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11244 }
11245
11246 static int
11247 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11248 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
11249 {
11250 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11251 tracepoints. */
11252 return 0;
11253 }
11254
11255 static void
11256 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11257 struct ui_out *uiout)
11258 {
11259 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11260 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
11261 {
11262 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
11263
11264 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
11265 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11266 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11267 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11268 }
11269 }
11270
11271 static void
11272 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11273 {
11274 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11275 return;
11276
11277 switch (b->type)
11278 {
11279 case bp_tracepoint:
11280 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
11281 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11282 break;
11283 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11284 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
11285 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11286 break;
11287 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11288 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
11289 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11290 break;
11291 default:
11292 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11293 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
11294 }
11295
11296 say_where (b);
11297 }
11298
11299 static void
11300 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
11301 {
11302 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11303
11304 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
11305 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
11306 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
11307 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
11308 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
11309 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
11310 else
11311 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11312 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
11313
11314 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
11315 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
11316
11317 if (tp->pass_count)
11318 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
11319 }
11320
11321 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
11322
11323 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
11324 structures. */
11325
11326 void
11327 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11328 {
11329 struct breakpoint *b;
11330
11331 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
11332
11333 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
11334 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
11335 especial culprits.
11336
11337 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
11338 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
11339 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
11340 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
11341 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
11342 deleted.
11343
11344 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
11345 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
11346 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
11347 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
11348 was chosen. */
11349 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
11350 return;
11351
11352 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
11353 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
11354 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
11355 {
11356 struct breakpoint *related;
11357 struct watchpoint *w;
11358
11359 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11360 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
11361 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11362 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
11363 else
11364 w = NULL;
11365 if (w != NULL)
11366 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
11367
11368 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
11369 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
11370 related = related->related_breakpoint);
11371 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
11372 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
11373 }
11374
11375 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
11376 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
11377 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
11378 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
11379 if (bpt->number)
11380 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
11381
11382 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
11383 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
11384
11385 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11386 if (b->next == bpt)
11387 {
11388 b->next = bpt->next;
11389 break;
11390 }
11391
11392 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
11393 been freed. */
11394 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
11395 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
11396 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
11397 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
11398 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
11399 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
11400 commands won't work. */
11401
11402 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
11403
11404 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
11405 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
11406 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
11407 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
11408 might be better design to have location completely
11409 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
11410 update_global_location_list (0);
11411
11412 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
11413 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
11414 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
11415 bpt->type = bp_none;
11416 xfree (bpt);
11417 }
11418
11419 static void
11420 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
11421 {
11422 delete_breakpoint (b);
11423 }
11424
11425 struct cleanup *
11426 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11427 {
11428 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
11429 }
11430
11431 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
11432 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
11433
11434 static void
11435 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
11436 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11437 void *),
11438 void *data)
11439 {
11440 struct breakpoint *related;
11441
11442 related = b;
11443 do
11444 {
11445 struct breakpoint *next;
11446
11447 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
11448 next = related->related_breakpoint;
11449
11450 if (next == related)
11451 {
11452 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
11453 function (related, data);
11454
11455 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
11456 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
11457 out. */
11458 break;
11459 }
11460 else
11461 function (related, data);
11462
11463 related = next;
11464 }
11465 while (related != b);
11466 }
11467
11468 static void
11469 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11470 {
11471 delete_breakpoint (b);
11472 }
11473
11474 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11475 delete_breakpoint. */
11476
11477 static void
11478 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11479 {
11480 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11481 }
11482
11483 void
11484 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11485 {
11486 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11487
11488 dont_repeat ();
11489
11490 if (arg == 0)
11491 {
11492 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
11493
11494 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
11495 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
11496 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
11497 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11498 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11499 {
11500 breaks_to_delete = 1;
11501 break;
11502 }
11503
11504 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11505 if (!from_tty
11506 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
11507 {
11508 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11509 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11510 delete_breakpoint (b);
11511 }
11512 }
11513 else
11514 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11515 }
11516
11517 static int
11518 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
11519 {
11520 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11521 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
11522 return 0;
11523 return 1;
11524 }
11525
11526 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
11527 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
11528 Null names are ignored. */
11529
11530 static int
11531 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
11532 {
11533 struct bp_location *l;
11534 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
11535 (int (*) (const void *,
11536 const void *)) streq,
11537 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
11538
11539 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
11540 {
11541 const char **slot;
11542 const char *name = l->function_name;
11543
11544 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11545 if (name == NULL)
11546 continue;
11547
11548 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
11549 INSERT);
11550 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11551 returns NULL. */
11552 if (*slot != NULL)
11553 {
11554 htab_delete (htab);
11555 return 1;
11556 }
11557 *slot = name;
11558 }
11559
11560 htab_delete (htab);
11561 return 0;
11562 }
11563
11564 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11565 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11566 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11567 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11568 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11569 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11570 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11571 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11572 The heuristic is:
11573
11574 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11575 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11576 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11577 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11578 in the sources, and output a warning.
11579
11580 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11581 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11582 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11583 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11584 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11585 warning.
11586
11587 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11588 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11589 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11590 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11591 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11592 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11593 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11594 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11595 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11596
11597 static struct symtab_and_line
11598 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
11599 {
11600 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11601 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
11602 CORE_ADDR pc;
11603 int i;
11604
11605 pc = sal.pc;
11606 if (sal.line)
11607 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
11608
11609 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
11610 {
11611 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
11612 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11613 b->number,
11614 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
11615
11616 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11617 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
11618 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
11619
11620 return sal;
11621 }
11622
11623 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11624 by string ID. */
11625 if (!sal.explicit_pc
11626 && sal.line != 0
11627 && sal.symtab != NULL
11628 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
11629 {
11630 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
11631
11632 markers
11633 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11634
11635 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
11636 {
11637 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11638 struct symbol *sym;
11639 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
11640 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11641
11642 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
11643
11644 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11645 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker->str_id);
11646
11647 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11648 "found at previous line number"),
11649 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11650
11651 init_sal (&sal);
11652
11653 sal.pc = marker->address;
11654
11655 sal = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
11656 sym = find_pc_sect_function (marker->address, NULL);
11657 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
11658 if (sym)
11659 {
11660 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
11661 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
11662 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
11663 }
11664 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal.symtab->filename);
11665 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
11666
11667 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11668 {
11669 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
11670
11671 if (fullname)
11672 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
11673 }
11674
11675 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal.line);
11676 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11677
11678 b->line_number = sal.line;
11679
11680 xfree (b->source_file);
11681 if (sym)
11682 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
11683 else
11684 b->source_file = NULL;
11685
11686 xfree (b->addr_string);
11687 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11688 sal.symtab->filename, b->line_number);
11689
11690 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11691 so. */
11692
11693 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
11694 }
11695 }
11696 return sal;
11697 }
11698
11699 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11700 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11701
11702 static int
11703 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
11704 {
11705 while (a && b)
11706 {
11707 if (a->address != b->address)
11708 return 0;
11709
11710 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
11711 return 0;
11712
11713 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
11714 return 0;
11715
11716 a = a->next;
11717 b = b->next;
11718 }
11719
11720 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
11721 return 0;
11722
11723 return 1;
11724 }
11725
11726 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11727 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11728 a ranged breakpoint. */
11729
11730 void
11731 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
11732 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
11733 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
11734 {
11735 int i;
11736 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
11737
11738 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end location. */
11739 gdb_assert (sals_end.nelts == 0 || (sals.nelts == 1 && sals_end.nelts == 1));
11740
11741 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11742 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11743 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11744 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11745 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11746 individual locations. */
11747 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
11748 return;
11749
11750 b->loc = NULL;
11751
11752 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
11753 {
11754 struct bp_location *new_loc =
11755 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
11756
11757 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11758 old symtab. */
11759 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
11760 {
11761 char *s;
11762 struct gdb_exception e;
11763
11764 s = b->cond_string;
11765 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11766 {
11767 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
11768 0);
11769 }
11770 if (e.reason < 0)
11771 {
11772 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11773 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11774 b->number, e.message);
11775 new_loc->enabled = 0;
11776 }
11777 }
11778
11779 if (b->source_file != NULL)
11780 xfree (b->source_file);
11781 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
11782 b->source_file = NULL;
11783 else
11784 b->source_file = xstrdup (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename);
11785
11786 if (b->line_number == 0)
11787 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
11788
11789 if (sals_end.nelts)
11790 {
11791 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
11792
11793 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
11794 }
11795 }
11796
11797 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11798 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11799 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
11800
11801 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11802 breakpoints. */
11803 {
11804 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
11805 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11806 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11807 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11808 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11809 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11810 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
11811
11812 for (; e; e = e->next)
11813 {
11814 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
11815 {
11816 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
11817 if (have_ambiguous_names)
11818 {
11819 for (; l; l = l->next)
11820 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
11821 {
11822 l->enabled = 0;
11823 break;
11824 }
11825 }
11826 else
11827 {
11828 for (; l; l = l->next)
11829 if (l->function_name
11830 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
11831 {
11832 l->enabled = 0;
11833 break;
11834 }
11835 }
11836 }
11837 }
11838 }
11839
11840 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
11841 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11842
11843 update_global_location_list (1);
11844 }
11845
11846 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11847 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11848
11849 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11850 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
11851 {
11852 char *s;
11853 int marker_spec;
11854 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
11855 struct gdb_exception e;
11856
11857 s = addr_string;
11858 marker_spec = b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (s);
11859
11860 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11861 {
11862 if (marker_spec)
11863 {
11864 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11865
11866 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
11867 if (sals.nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11868 {
11869 sals.sals[0] = sals.sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11870 sals.nelts = 1;
11871 }
11872 else
11873 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11874 }
11875 else
11876 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
11877 }
11878 if (e.reason < 0)
11879 {
11880 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
11881 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11882 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
11883 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11884 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11885 state, then user already saw the message about that
11886 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11887 errors. */
11888 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11889 && (b->condition_not_parsed
11890 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11891 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
11892 not_found_and_ok = 1;
11893
11894 if (!not_found_and_ok)
11895 {
11896 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11897 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
11898 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
11899 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
11900 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11901 which approach is better. */
11902 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11903 throw_exception (e);
11904 }
11905 }
11906
11907 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
11908 {
11909 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
11910
11911 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
11912 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
11913 {
11914 char *cond_string = 0;
11915 int thread = -1;
11916 int task = 0;
11917
11918 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
11919 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
11920 if (cond_string)
11921 b->cond_string = cond_string;
11922 b->thread = thread;
11923 b->task = task;
11924 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
11925 }
11926
11927 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !marker_spec)
11928 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
11929
11930 *found = 1;
11931 }
11932 else
11933 *found = 0;
11934
11935 return sals;
11936 }
11937
11938 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
11939 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
11940 locations. */
11941
11942 static void
11943 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
11944 {
11945 int found;
11946 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
11947 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
11948 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
11949
11950 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
11951 if (found)
11952 {
11953 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11954 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
11955 }
11956
11957 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
11958 {
11959 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
11960 if (found)
11961 {
11962 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
11963 expanded_end = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals_end.sals[0]);
11964 }
11965 }
11966
11967 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
11968 }
11969
11970 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
11971
11972 static struct cleanup *
11973 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
11974 {
11975 struct cleanup *cleanups;
11976
11977 input_radix = b->input_radix;
11978 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
11979 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
11980 set_language (b->language);
11981
11982 return cleanups;
11983 }
11984
11985 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
11986 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
11987 Unused in this case. */
11988
11989 static int
11990 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
11991 {
11992 /* Get past catch_errs. */
11993 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
11994 struct cleanup *cleanups;
11995
11996 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
11997 b->ops->re_set (b);
11998 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11999 return 0;
12000 }
12001
12002 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
12003 void
12004 breakpoint_re_set (void)
12005 {
12006 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12007 enum language save_language;
12008 int save_input_radix;
12009 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12010
12011 save_language = current_language->la_language;
12012 save_input_radix = input_radix;
12013 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
12014
12015 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12016 {
12017 /* Format possible error msg. */
12018 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
12019 b->number);
12020 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
12021 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
12022 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12023 }
12024 set_language (save_language);
12025 input_radix = save_input_radix;
12026
12027 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
12028
12029 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12030
12031 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
12032 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
12033 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
12034 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
12035
12036 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
12037 skip_re_set ();
12038 }
12039 \f
12040 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
12041
12042 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
12043 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
12044 void
12045 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
12046 {
12047 if (b->thread != -1)
12048 {
12049 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
12050 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
12051
12052 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
12053 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
12054 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
12055 as well. */
12056 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
12057 }
12058 }
12059
12060 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12061 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12062 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12063
12064 void
12065 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
12066 {
12067 struct breakpoint *b;
12068
12069 if (count < 0)
12070 count = 0;
12071
12072 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12073 if (b->number == bptnum)
12074 {
12075 if (is_tracepoint (b))
12076 {
12077 if (from_tty && count != 0)
12078 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
12079 bptnum);
12080 return;
12081 }
12082
12083 b->ignore_count = count;
12084 if (from_tty)
12085 {
12086 if (count == 0)
12087 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
12088 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
12089 bptnum);
12090 else if (count == 1)
12091 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
12092 bptnum);
12093 else
12094 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
12095 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
12096 count, bptnum);
12097 }
12098 breakpoints_changed ();
12099 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12100 return;
12101 }
12102
12103 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
12104 }
12105
12106 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
12107
12108 static void
12109 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12110 {
12111 char *p = args;
12112 int num;
12113
12114 if (p == 0)
12115 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
12116
12117 num = get_number (&p);
12118 if (num == 0)
12119 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
12120 if (*p == 0)
12121 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
12122
12123 set_ignore_count (num,
12124 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
12125 from_tty);
12126 if (from_tty)
12127 printf_filtered ("\n");
12128 }
12129 \f
12130 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
12131 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
12132
12133 static void
12134 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
12135 void *),
12136 void *data)
12137 {
12138 int num;
12139 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
12140 int match;
12141 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12142
12143 if (args == 0)
12144 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
12145
12146 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12147
12148 while (!state.finished)
12149 {
12150 char *p = state.string;
12151
12152 match = 0;
12153
12154 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
12155 if (num == 0)
12156 {
12157 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
12158 }
12159 else
12160 {
12161 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
12162 if (b->number == num)
12163 {
12164 match = 1;
12165 function (b, data);
12166 break;
12167 }
12168 if (match == 0)
12169 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
12170 }
12171 }
12172 }
12173
12174 static struct bp_location *
12175 find_location_by_number (char *number)
12176 {
12177 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
12178 char *p1;
12179 int bp_num;
12180 int loc_num;
12181 struct breakpoint *b;
12182 struct bp_location *loc;
12183
12184 *dot = '\0';
12185
12186 p1 = number;
12187 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
12188 if (bp_num == 0)
12189 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12190
12191 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12192 if (b->number == bp_num)
12193 {
12194 break;
12195 }
12196
12197 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
12198 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12199
12200 p1 = dot+1;
12201 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
12202 if (loc_num == 0)
12203 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
12204
12205 --loc_num;
12206 loc = b->loc;
12207 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
12208 ;
12209 if (!loc)
12210 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
12211
12212 return loc;
12213 }
12214
12215
12216 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12217 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12218 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12219
12220 void
12221 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12222 {
12223 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
12224 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
12225 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
12226 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
12227 return;
12228
12229 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
12230 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12231 return;
12232
12233 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12234
12235 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12236 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12237 {
12238 struct bp_location *location;
12239
12240 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12241 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
12242 }
12243
12244 update_global_location_list (0);
12245
12246 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12247 }
12248
12249 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
12250
12251 static void
12252 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12253 {
12254 disable_breakpoint (b);
12255 }
12256
12257 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12258 disable_breakpoint. */
12259
12260 static void
12261 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12262 {
12263 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12264 }
12265
12266 static void
12267 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12268 {
12269 if (args == 0)
12270 {
12271 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12272
12273 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12274 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12275 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
12276 }
12277 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12278 {
12279 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12280 if (loc)
12281 {
12282 loc->enabled = 0;
12283 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12284 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12285 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12286 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
12287 }
12288 update_global_location_list (0);
12289 }
12290 else
12291 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12292 }
12293
12294 static void
12295 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
12296 {
12297 int target_resources_ok;
12298
12299 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12300 {
12301 int i;
12302 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
12303 target_resources_ok =
12304 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
12305 i + 1, 0);
12306 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
12307 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
12308 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
12309 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
12310 }
12311
12312 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
12313 {
12314 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
12315 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
12316 struct gdb_exception e;
12317
12318 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12319 {
12320 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
12321
12322 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
12323 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12324 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
12325 }
12326 if (e.reason < 0)
12327 {
12328 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
12329 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
12330 bpt->number);
12331 return;
12332 }
12333 }
12334
12335 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12336 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12337
12338 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12339 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12340 {
12341 struct bp_location *location;
12342
12343 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12344 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
12345 }
12346
12347 bpt->disposition = disposition;
12348 update_global_location_list (1);
12349 breakpoints_changed ();
12350
12351 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12352 }
12353
12354
12355 void
12356 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12357 {
12358 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
12359 }
12360
12361 static void
12362 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12363 {
12364 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12365 }
12366
12367 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12368 enable_breakpoint. */
12369
12370 static void
12371 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12372 {
12373 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12374 }
12375
12376 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
12377 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
12378 in stopping the inferior. */
12379
12380 static void
12381 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12382 {
12383 if (args == 0)
12384 {
12385 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12386
12387 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12388 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12389 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12390 }
12391 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12392 {
12393 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12394 if (loc)
12395 {
12396 loc->enabled = 1;
12397 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12398 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12399 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12400 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
12401 }
12402 update_global_location_list (1);
12403 }
12404 else
12405 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12406 }
12407
12408 static void
12409 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12410 {
12411 enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
12412
12413 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
12414 }
12415
12416 static void
12417 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12418 {
12419 enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
12420
12421 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12422 }
12423
12424 static void
12425 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12426 {
12427 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
12428 }
12429
12430 static void
12431 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12432 {
12433 enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
12434
12435 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12436 }
12437
12438 static void
12439 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12440 {
12441 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12442 }
12443 \f
12444 static void
12445 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12446 {
12447 }
12448
12449 static void
12450 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12451 {
12452 }
12453
12454 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
12455 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12456 GDB itself. */
12457
12458 static void
12459 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
12460 const bfd_byte *data)
12461 {
12462 struct breakpoint *bp;
12463
12464 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12465 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
12466 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12467 {
12468 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
12469
12470 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
12471 {
12472 struct bp_location *loc;
12473
12474 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
12475 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12476 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
12477 && addr + len > loc->address)
12478 {
12479 value_free (wp->val);
12480 wp->val = NULL;
12481 wp->val_valid = 0;
12482 }
12483 }
12484 }
12485 }
12486
12487 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
12488 if they aren't valid. */
12489
12490 struct symtabs_and_lines
12491 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
12492 {
12493 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12494
12495 if (string == 0)
12496 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12497 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
12498 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
12499 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
12500 get_last_displayed_line (),
12501 NULL);
12502 else
12503 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
12504 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
12505 if (*string)
12506 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
12507 return sals;
12508 }
12509
12510 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12511 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12512 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12513 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12514 someday. */
12515
12516 void *
12517 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12518 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
12519 {
12520 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
12521
12522 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
12523
12524 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
12525 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
12526
12527 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
12528 {
12529 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12530 xfree (bp_tgt);
12531 return NULL;
12532 }
12533
12534 return bp_tgt;
12535 }
12536
12537 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12538 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12539
12540 int
12541 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
12542 {
12543 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
12544 int ret;
12545
12546 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
12547 xfree (bp_tgt);
12548
12549 return ret;
12550 }
12551
12552 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12553 stepping. */
12554
12555 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
12556 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
12557
12558 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12559
12560 void
12561 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12562 struct address_space *aspace,
12563 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
12564 {
12565 void **bpt_p;
12566
12567 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
12568 {
12569 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
12570 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
12571 }
12572 else
12573 {
12574 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
12575 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
12576 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
12577 }
12578
12579 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12580 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12581 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12582 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12583 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12584 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12585
12586 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
12587 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
12588 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12589 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
12590 }
12591
12592 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12593 were inserted or not. */
12594
12595 int
12596 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12597 {
12598 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
12599 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
12600 }
12601
12602 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12603
12604 void
12605 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12606 {
12607 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
12608
12609 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12610 call. */
12611 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
12612 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
12613 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
12614 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
12615
12616 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
12617 {
12618 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
12619 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
12620 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
12621 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
12622 }
12623 }
12624
12625 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12626 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12627 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12628 exec. */
12629
12630 void
12631 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12632 {
12633 int i;
12634
12635 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12636 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12637 {
12638 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12639 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
12640 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
12641 }
12642 }
12643
12644 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12645 removing them. */
12646
12647 static void
12648 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12649 {
12650 int i;
12651
12652 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12653 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12654 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
12655 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12656 }
12657
12658 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12659 PC. */
12660
12661 static int
12662 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
12663 CORE_ADDR pc)
12664 {
12665 int i;
12666
12667 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12668 {
12669 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
12670 if (bp_tgt
12671 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
12672 bp_tgt->placed_address,
12673 aspace, pc))
12674 return 1;
12675 }
12676
12677 return 0;
12678 }
12679
12680 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12681 non-zero otherwise. */
12682 static int
12683 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
12684 {
12685 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
12686 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
12687 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
12688 return 1;
12689 else
12690 return 0;
12691 }
12692
12693 int
12694 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12695 {
12696 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
12697
12698 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
12699 }
12700
12701 int
12702 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
12703 {
12704 struct breakpoint *bp;
12705
12706 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12707 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
12708 {
12709 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
12710
12711 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
12712 {
12713 int i, iter;
12714 for (i = 0;
12715 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
12716 i++)
12717 if (syscall_number == iter)
12718 return 1;
12719 }
12720 else
12721 return 1;
12722 }
12723
12724 return 0;
12725 }
12726
12727 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12728 static char **
12729 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12730 char *text, char *word)
12731 {
12732 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
12733 char **retlist
12734 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
12735
12736 xfree (list);
12737 return retlist;
12738 }
12739
12740 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12741
12742 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12743 static void
12744 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
12745 {
12746 tracepoint_count = num;
12747 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
12748 }
12749
12750 void
12751 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12752 {
12753 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12754 arg,
12755 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12756 0 /* tempflag */,
12757 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12758 0 /* Ignore count */,
12759 pending_break_support,
12760 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12761 from_tty,
12762 1 /* enabled */,
12763 0 /* internal */))
12764 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12765 }
12766
12767 void
12768 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12769 {
12770 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12771 arg,
12772 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12773 0 /* tempflag */,
12774 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12775 0 /* Ignore count */,
12776 pending_break_support,
12777 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12778 from_tty,
12779 1 /* enabled */,
12780 0 /* internal */))
12781 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12782 }
12783
12784 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12785
12786 void
12787 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12788 {
12789 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12790 arg,
12791 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12792 0 /* tempflag */,
12793 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12794 0 /* Ignore count */,
12795 pending_break_support,
12796 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12797 from_tty,
12798 1 /* enabled */,
12799 0 /* internal */))
12800 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12801 }
12802
12803 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12804 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
12805
12806 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
12807 static int next_cmd;
12808
12809 static char *
12810 read_uploaded_action (void)
12811 {
12812 char *rslt;
12813
12814 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
12815
12816 next_cmd++;
12817
12818 return rslt;
12819 }
12820
12821 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12822 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12823 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
12824 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12825 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
12826
12827 struct tracepoint *
12828 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
12829 {
12830 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
12831 struct tracepoint *tp;
12832
12833 if (utp->at_string)
12834 addr_str = utp->at_string;
12835 else
12836 {
12837 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12838 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12839 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12840 user. */
12841 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12842 "source location, using raw address"),
12843 utp->number);
12844 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
12845 addr_str = small_buf;
12846 }
12847
12848 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
12849 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
12850 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12851 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12852 utp->number);
12853
12854 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12855 addr_str,
12856 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12857 0 /* tempflag */,
12858 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
12859 0 /* Ignore count */,
12860 pending_break_support,
12861 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12862 0 /* from_tty */,
12863 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
12864 0 /* internal */))
12865 return NULL;
12866
12867 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12868
12869 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
12870 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
12871 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
12872
12873 if (utp->pass > 0)
12874 {
12875 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
12876
12877 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
12878 }
12879
12880 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12881 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12882 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12883 function. */
12884 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
12885 {
12886 struct command_line *cmd_list;
12887
12888 this_utp = utp;
12889 next_cmd = 0;
12890
12891 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
12892
12893 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
12894 }
12895 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
12896 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
12897 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12898 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12899 utp->number);
12900
12901 return tp;
12902 }
12903
12904 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12905 omitted. */
12906
12907 static void
12908 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
12909 {
12910 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12911 int num_printed;
12912
12913 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
12914
12915 if (num_printed == 0)
12916 {
12917 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
12918 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
12919 else
12920 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
12921 }
12922
12923 default_collect_info ();
12924 }
12925
12926 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
12927 Not supported by all targets. */
12928 static void
12929 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12930 {
12931 enable_command (args, from_tty);
12932 }
12933
12934 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
12935 Not supported by all targets. */
12936 static void
12937 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12938 {
12939 disable_command (args, from_tty);
12940 }
12941
12942 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
12943 static void
12944 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12945 {
12946 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12947
12948 dont_repeat ();
12949
12950 if (arg == 0)
12951 {
12952 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
12953
12954 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
12955 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
12956 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
12957 argument. */
12958 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12959 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12960 {
12961 breaks_to_delete = 1;
12962 break;
12963 }
12964
12965 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12966 if (!from_tty
12967 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
12968 {
12969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12970 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
12971 delete_breakpoint (b);
12972 }
12973 }
12974 else
12975 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12976 }
12977
12978 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
12979
12980 static void
12981 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
12982 {
12983 tp->pass_count = count;
12984 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
12985 if (from_tty)
12986 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
12987 tp->base.number, count);
12988 }
12989
12990 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
12991
12992 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
12993 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
12994 Also accepts special argument "all". */
12995
12996 static void
12997 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12998 {
12999 struct tracepoint *t1;
13000 unsigned int count;
13001
13002 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
13003 error (_("passcount command requires an "
13004 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
13005
13006 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
13007
13008 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
13009 args++;
13010
13011 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
13012 {
13013 struct breakpoint *b;
13014
13015 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
13016 if (*args)
13017 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
13018
13019 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13020 {
13021 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13022 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13023 }
13024 }
13025 else if (*args == '\0')
13026 {
13027 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
13028 if (t1)
13029 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13030 }
13031 else
13032 {
13033 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
13034
13035 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
13036 while (!state.finished)
13037 {
13038 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
13039 if (t1)
13040 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13041 }
13042 }
13043 }
13044
13045 struct tracepoint *
13046 get_tracepoint (int num)
13047 {
13048 struct breakpoint *t;
13049
13050 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13051 if (t->number == num)
13052 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13053
13054 return NULL;
13055 }
13056
13057 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
13058 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
13059 reconnecting). */
13060
13061 struct tracepoint *
13062 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
13063 {
13064 struct breakpoint *b;
13065
13066 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13067 {
13068 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13069
13070 if (t->number_on_target == num)
13071 return t;
13072 }
13073
13074 return NULL;
13075 }
13076
13077 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
13078 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
13079 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
13080 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
13081 struct tracepoint *
13082 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
13083 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
13084 int optional_p)
13085 {
13086 extern int tracepoint_count;
13087 struct breakpoint *t;
13088 int tpnum;
13089 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
13090
13091 if (state)
13092 {
13093 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
13094 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
13095 }
13096 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
13097 {
13098 if (optional_p)
13099 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
13100 else
13101 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
13102 }
13103 else
13104 tpnum = get_number (arg);
13105
13106 if (tpnum <= 0)
13107 {
13108 if (instring && *instring)
13109 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
13110 instring);
13111 else
13112 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
13113 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
13114 return NULL;
13115 }
13116
13117 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13118 if (t->number == tpnum)
13119 {
13120 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13121 }
13122
13123 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
13124 return NULL;
13125 }
13126
13127 void
13128 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13129 {
13130 if (b->thread != -1)
13131 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
13132
13133 if (b->task != 0)
13134 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
13135
13136 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
13137 }
13138
13139 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
13140 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
13141 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
13142 non-zero. */
13143
13144 static void
13145 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
13146 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
13147 {
13148 struct breakpoint *tp;
13149 int any = 0;
13150 char *pathname;
13151 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13152 struct ui_file *fp;
13153 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
13154
13155 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
13156 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
13157
13158 /* See if we have anything to save. */
13159 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13160 {
13161 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13162 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13163 continue;
13164
13165 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13166 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13167 continue;
13168
13169 any = 1;
13170
13171 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
13172 {
13173 extra_trace_bits = 1;
13174
13175 /* We can stop searching. */
13176 break;
13177 }
13178 }
13179
13180 if (!any)
13181 {
13182 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
13183 return;
13184 }
13185
13186 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
13187 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
13188 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
13189 if (!fp)
13190 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
13191 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
13192 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
13193
13194 if (extra_trace_bits)
13195 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
13196
13197 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13198 {
13199 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13200 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13201 continue;
13202
13203 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13204 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13205 continue;
13206
13207 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
13208
13209 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
13210 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
13211 instead. */
13212
13213 if (tp->cond_string)
13214 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
13215
13216 if (tp->ignore_count)
13217 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
13218
13219 if (tp->commands)
13220 {
13221 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
13222
13223 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
13224
13225 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
13226 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13227 {
13228 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
13229 }
13230 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
13231
13232 if (ex.reason < 0)
13233 throw_exception (ex);
13234
13235 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
13236 }
13237
13238 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
13239 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
13240
13241 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
13242 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
13243 special, and not user visible. */
13244 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
13245 {
13246 struct bp_location *loc;
13247 int n = 1;
13248
13249 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
13250 if (!loc->enabled)
13251 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
13252 }
13253 }
13254
13255 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
13256 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
13257
13258 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13259 if (from_tty)
13260 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
13261 }
13262
13263 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
13264
13265 static void
13266 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13267 {
13268 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
13269 }
13270
13271 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
13272
13273 static void
13274 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13275 {
13276 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
13277 }
13278
13279 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
13280
13281 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
13282 all_tracepoints (void)
13283 {
13284 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
13285 struct breakpoint *tp;
13286
13287 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
13288 {
13289 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
13290 }
13291
13292 return tp_vec;
13293 }
13294
13295 \f
13296 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
13297 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
13298 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
13299 command. */
13300 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
13301 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
13302 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13303 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
13304 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
13305 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
13306 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
13307 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
13308 \n\
13309 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
13310 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13311 \n\
13312 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13313 conditions are different.\n\
13314 \n\
13315 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
13316
13317 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
13318 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
13319
13320 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
13321 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
13322
13323 void
13324 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
13325 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
13326 struct cmd_list_element *command),
13327 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
13328 char *text, char *word),
13329 void *user_data_catch,
13330 void *user_data_tcatch)
13331 {
13332 struct cmd_list_element *command;
13333
13334 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13335 &catch_cmdlist);
13336 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13337 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
13338 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13339
13340 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13341 &tcatch_cmdlist);
13342 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13343 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
13344 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13345 }
13346
13347 static void
13348 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
13349 {
13350 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
13351 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
13352 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
13353 }
13354
13355 static void
13356 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13357 {
13358 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13359 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13360 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
13361 }
13362
13363 struct breakpoint *
13364 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
13365 void *data)
13366 {
13367 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13368
13369 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13370 {
13371 if ((*callback) (b, data))
13372 return b;
13373 }
13374
13375 return NULL;
13376 }
13377
13378 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
13379 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
13380
13381 static int
13382 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
13383 {
13384 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
13385 non-inline function. */
13386 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
13387 return 1;
13388
13389 return 0;
13390 }
13391
13392 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
13393 have been inlined. */
13394
13395 int
13396 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
13397 {
13398 struct breakpoint *b;
13399 struct bp_location *bl;
13400
13401 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13402 {
13403 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
13404 continue;
13405
13406 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
13407 {
13408 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
13409 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc))
13410 return 1;
13411 }
13412 }
13413
13414 return 0;
13415 }
13416
13417 void
13418 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
13419 {
13420 static int initialized = 0;
13421
13422 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
13423
13424 if (initialized)
13425 return;
13426 initialized = 1;
13427
13428 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
13429 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
13430 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
13431 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13432 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13433 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13434 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
13435 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
13436 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
13437
13438 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
13439 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13440 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13441 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13442 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
13443 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
13444 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
13445 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
13446
13447 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
13448 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
13449 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13450 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
13451 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
13452 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
13453 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
13454 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
13455 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
13456 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
13457
13458 /* Internal breakpoints. */
13459 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
13460 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13461 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
13462 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
13463 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
13464 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
13465
13466 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
13467 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
13468 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13469 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
13470 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
13471 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
13472 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
13473
13474 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
13475 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
13476 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13477 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
13478 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
13479 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
13480 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
13481
13482 /* Watchpoints. */
13483 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13484 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13485 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
13486 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
13487 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
13488 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
13489 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
13490 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
13491 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
13492 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
13493 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
13494 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
13495 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
13496
13497 /* Masked watchpoints. */
13498 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13499 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13500 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
13501 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
13502 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
13503 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
13504 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
13505 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
13506 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
13507 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
13508
13509 /* Tracepoints. */
13510 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13511 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13512 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
13513 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
13514 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
13515 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
13516 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
13517
13518 /* Fork catchpoints. */
13519 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
13520 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13521 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
13522 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
13523 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
13524 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
13525 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
13526 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
13527 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
13528
13529 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
13530 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
13531 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13532 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
13533 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
13534 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
13535 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
13536 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
13537 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
13538 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
13539
13540 /* Exec catchpoints. */
13541 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
13542 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13543 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
13544 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
13545 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
13546 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
13547 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
13548 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
13549 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
13550 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
13551
13552 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
13553 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
13554 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13555 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
13556 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
13557 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
13558 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
13559 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
13560 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
13561 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
13562 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
13563 }
13564
13565 void
13566 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
13567 {
13568 struct cmd_list_element *c;
13569
13570 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
13571
13572 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
13573 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
13574 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
13575
13576 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
13577
13578 breakpoint_chain = 0;
13579 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
13580 before a breakpoint is set. */
13581 breakpoint_count = 0;
13582
13583 tracepoint_count = 0;
13584
13585 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
13586 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
13587 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
13588 if (xdb_commands)
13589 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
13590
13591 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
13592 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
13593 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
13594 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
13595 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
13596 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
13597 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
13598 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
13599
13600 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
13601 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
13602 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
13603 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
13604
13605 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
13606 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
13607 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13608 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
13609 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
13610 \n"
13611 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
13612 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13613
13614 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
13615 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13616 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
13617 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
13618 \n"
13619 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13620 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13621
13622 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
13623 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13624 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13625 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13626 \n"
13627 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13628 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13629
13630 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13631 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13632 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13633 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13634 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13635 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13636 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13637 if (xdb_commands)
13638 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13639 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13640 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13641 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13642 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13643 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13644
13645 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13646
13647 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13648 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13649 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13650 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13651 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13652 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
13653
13654 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13655 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13656 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13657 &enablebreaklist);
13658
13659 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13660 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13661 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13662 &enablebreaklist);
13663
13664 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13665 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13666 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13667 &enablelist);
13668
13669 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13670 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13671 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13672 &enablelist);
13673
13674 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13675 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13676 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13677 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13678 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13679 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13680 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13681 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13682 if (xdb_commands)
13683 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13684 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13685 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13686 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13687 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13688
13689 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
13690 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13691 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13692 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13693 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13694 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13695 &disablelist);
13696
13697 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13698 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13699 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13700 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13701 \n\
13702 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13703 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13704 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
13705 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13706 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13707 if (xdb_commands)
13708 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13709 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13710 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13711 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13712
13713 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
13714 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13715 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13716 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13717 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13718 &deletelist);
13719
13720 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
13721 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13722 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13723 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13724 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13725 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13726 \n\
13727 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13728 is executing in.\n\
13729 \n\
13730 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13731 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
13732
13733 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
13734 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13735 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13736 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13737
13738 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
13739 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
13740 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
13741 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
13742
13743 if (xdb_commands)
13744 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
13745
13746 if (dbx_commands)
13747 {
13748 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
13749 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13750 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
13751 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
13752 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
13753 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
13754 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
13755 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
13756 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13757 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13758 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13759 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13760 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13761 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13762 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13763 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13764 \n\
13765 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13766 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13767 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13768 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13769 breakpoint set."));
13770 }
13771
13772 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
13773 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13774 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13775 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13776 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13777 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13778 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13779 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13780 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13781 \n\
13782 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13783 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13784 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13785 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13786 breakpoint set."));
13787
13788 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13789
13790 if (xdb_commands)
13791 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
13792 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13793 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13794 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13795 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13796 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13797 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13798 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13799 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13800 \n\
13801 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13802 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13803 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13804 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13805 breakpoint set."));
13806
13807 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
13808 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13809 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13810 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13811 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13812 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13813 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13814 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13815 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13816 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13817 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13818 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13819 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13820 \n\
13821 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13822 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13823 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13824 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13825 breakpoint set."),
13826 &maintenanceinfolist);
13827
13828 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
13829 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13830 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
13831 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13832
13833 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
13834 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13835 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
13836 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13837
13838 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
13839 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13840 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13841 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13842 catch_catch_command,
13843 NULL,
13844 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13845 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13846 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13847 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13848 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13849 catch_throw_command,
13850 NULL,
13851 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13852 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13853 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13854 catch_fork_command_1,
13855 NULL,
13856 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
13857 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
13858 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13859 catch_fork_command_1,
13860 NULL,
13861 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
13862 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
13863 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13864 catch_exec_command_1,
13865 NULL,
13866 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13867 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13868 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13869 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13870 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
13871 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13872 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13873 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13874 catch_syscall_command_1,
13875 catch_syscall_completer,
13876 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13877 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13878
13879 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
13880 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13881 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13882 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13883 an expression changes.\n\
13884 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13885 the memory to which it refers."));
13886 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13887
13888 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
13889 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13890 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13891 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13892 an expression is read.\n\
13893 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13894 the memory to which it refers."));
13895 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13896
13897 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
13898 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13899 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13900 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13901 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13902 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13903 the memory to which it refers."));
13904 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13905
13906 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
13907 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
13908
13909 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
13910 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
13911 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
13912 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
13913 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13914 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13915 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
13916 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
13917 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
13918 hardware.)"),
13919 NULL,
13920 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
13921 &setlist, &showlist);
13922
13923 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
13924
13925 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
13926
13927 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
13928 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13929 \n"
13930 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
13931 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13932 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13933
13934 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
13935 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13936 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13937 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
13938
13939 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
13940 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13941 \n"
13942 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
13943 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13944 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13945
13946 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
13947 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
13948 \n\
13949 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
13950 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
13951 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
13952 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
13953 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
13954 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
13955 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
13956 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
13957 the selected stack frame.\n\
13958 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
13959 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
13960 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
13961 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
13962 \n\
13963 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13964 \n\
13965 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13966 conditions are different.\n\
13967 \n\
13968 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
13969 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13970 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13971
13972 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
13973 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
13974 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
13975 last tracepoint set."));
13976
13977 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
13978
13979 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
13980 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
13981 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13982 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
13983 &deletelist);
13984
13985 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
13986 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
13987 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13988 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
13989 &disablelist);
13990 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
13991
13992 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
13993 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
13994 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13995 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
13996 &enablelist);
13997 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
13998
13999 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
14000 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
14001 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
14002 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
14003 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
14004
14005 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
14006 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
14007 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
14008 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14009
14010 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
14011 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
14012 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
14013 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
14014 session to restore them."),
14015 &save_cmdlist);
14016 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14017
14018 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
14019 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
14020 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
14021 &save_cmdlist);
14022 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14023
14024 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
14025 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
14026
14027 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14028 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14029 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14030 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14031 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
14032 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
14033 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14034 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14035 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14036 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14037 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
14038 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
14039
14040 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
14041 &pending_break_support, _("\
14042 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14043 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14044 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
14045 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
14046 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
14047 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
14048 NULL,
14049 show_pending_break_support,
14050 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14051 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14052
14053 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
14054
14055 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
14056 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
14057 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14058 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14059 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14060 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
14061 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14062 NULL,
14063 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
14064 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14065 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14066
14067 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
14068 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
14069 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14070 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14071 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
14072 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
14073 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
14074 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
14075 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
14076 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
14077 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
14078 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
14079 NULL,
14080 &show_always_inserted_mode,
14081 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14082 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14083
14084 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
14085 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14086 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14087 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14088 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14089 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14090 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14091 or the start of the range\n\
14092 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14093 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14094 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14095 \n\
14096 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14097 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14098 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14099
14100 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
14101
14102 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
14103 }
This page took 0.475024 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.